summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer')
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex41
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex1253
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex542
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex280
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex242
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex210
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex101
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex1477
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex563
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex661
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex301
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex1212
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex134
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex228
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex771
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex974
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex819
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex312
18 files changed, 10121 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7e47f4ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesPackageRCS{pgfcore.code.tex}
+
+\newif\ifpgf@draftmode
+\def\pgf@typeout{\immediate\write0}
+
+\ifdefined\pgfmathloaded\else
+ \input pgfmath.code.tex
+\fi
+
+\ifdefined\pgfintloaded\else
+ \input pgfint.code.tex
+\fi
+
+\input pgfcorepoints.code.tex
+\input pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
+\input pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
+\input pgfcorescopes.code.tex
+\input pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
+\input pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
+\input pgfcorequick.code.tex
+\input pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
+\input pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
+\input pgfcorearrows.code.tex
+\input pgfcoreshade.code.tex
+\input pgfcoreimage.code.tex
+\input pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
+\input pgfcorelayers.code.tex
+\input pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
+\input pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
+\input pgfcorerdf.code.tex
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f079fa841
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1253 @@
+% Copyright 2006, 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorearrows.code.tex}
+
+
+
+% Define a new (meta) arrow or a shorthand
+%
+% #1 = key--value pairs
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command is used to define a new arrow tip kind. For more
+% details on the description of the keys, please see the pgfmanual.
+%
+% name = Name of the arrow. If the name contains a dash
+% (hyphen), the text before the hyphen is the start name
+% and the text behind it the end name.
+%
+% means = If set, none of the below options may be
+% given. The effect is that whenever the arrow is
+% used, it gets replaced by this "text", which is
+% parsed by the parser.
+%
+% setup code = Code that does "precomputations". These will be
+% executed only once for each combination of the
+% dependencies. At the end of this code, you can use
+% \savethe and \save to "save" computed values, which
+% will then be available inside the "code". Values needed
+% only for the "... end" keys and the convex hull do not
+% need to be saved since these are also executed only
+% once.
+% drawing code = Code for drawing the arrow. When the cache key is set to
+% true, which is the default, the code will be protocolled
+% and the resulting code is inserted using \pgflowlevelobj.
+% cache = Boolean that decides whether the arrow can be cached. The
+% default is true, so you have to say cache=false to switch
+% caching off. In this case, each time the arrow is drawn,
+% its code is simply executed. This allows you to put things
+% like text or shadings in arrow tips.
+% bending mode = Can be set to "orthogonal", "polar", or
+% "none". Defaults to "orthogonal".
+% defaults = A list of "default" options for the arrow tip. These
+% are executed as if they were given to the arrow tip in
+% brackets. This is useful for setting up default values.
+% parameters = A list of comma-separated macro names on whose values
+% the appearance of the arrow tip depends. When an arrow
+% tip is used, these macros are expanded. If an
+% arrow tip was already installed with the same macro
+% names (and caching is true), the cached code is
+% used. Note that when you use dimensions here, add \the.
+%
+% Inside the setup code, the following macros are available:
+%
+% \pgfarrowssettipend
+% The code should draw an arrow pointing "right along the x
+% axis". The "tip" key specifies how far the arrow goes
+% along the x axis, that is, it should be the x coordinate
+% of the very tip of the arrow. In previous versions this
+% was called the "right extend". The value passed to this
+% key should be some code that sets the dimension
+% "\pgfarrowresult", which is \let to be equal to
+% \pgf@x. A \relax will be added after the code provided
+% here, so you can write things like "\pgfarrowresult=1pt".
+% \pgfarrowssetbackend
+% The leftmost x-coordinate that is still part of the
+% arrow tip (the "back end" of the arrow"). This coordinate
+% will be used when multiple arrow tips are
+% composed. Defaults to 0pt.
+% \pgfarrowssetlineend
+% The x-coordinate where a line should stop inside the arrow
+% tip so that it gets "obscured" by the arrow. Defaults to 0pt.
+% \pgfarrowssetvisualtipend
+% When the arrow tip is drawn in flex mode, it is rotated
+% such that the x-coordinates of "visual tip end" and "visual
+% back end" lie on the path. Defaults to \pgfarrowssettipend.
+% \pgfarrowssetvisualbackend
+% See above. Defaults to \pgfarrowssetbackend
+
+\def\pgfdeclarearrow#1{%
+ \let\pgf@decl@arrow@defaults\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@decl@arrow@means\relax%
+ \let\pgf@decl@arrow@code\relax%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/@arrows decl/.cd,
+ name=,
+ setup code=,
+ cache=true,
+ bending mode=orthogonal,
+ parameters=,%
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \ifx\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgferror{Declaring unnamed arrow}%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter{name@end}%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter{name@start}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@start@\pgf@decl@arrow@name@start\endcsname\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@old@code\csname pgf@ar@code@\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@old@means\csname pgf@ar@means@\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@decl@arrow@code\relax%
+ \ifx\pgf@decl@arrow@means\relax%
+ \pgferror{You must set either the 'means' or the drawing code' keys for arrow tip '\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end'}%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgf@old@code\relax%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@translate\relax%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@arrows@direct\csname pgf@arrows@direct@name@end@\pgf@decl@arrow@means\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrows@direct\relax%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options\pgfutil@empty%
+ \expandafter\pgfarrows@initial@parser\pgf@decl@arrow@means[]\pgf@stop%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence\pgf@arrows@direct%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter@\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence{means}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@code@\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end\endcsname\relax%
+ \else%
+ \pgferror{Arrow tip '\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end' was already
+ defined with key 'drawing code' previously and you cannot change this}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgf@decl@arrow@means\relax%
+ \ifx\pgf@old@means\relax%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter{code}%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter{defaults}%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter{setup}%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter{bending@mode}%
+ \pgf@arrow@letter{par}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@do@cache@\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end\endcsname\pgf@decl@arrow@cache%
+ \else%
+ \pgferror{Arrow tip '\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end' was already
+ defined with key 'means' previously and you cannot change this}%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \pgferror{You cannot set both the 'means' and also the 'drawing code'
+ keys for arrow tip '\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end'}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@letter#1{%
+ \expandafter\pgf@arrow@letter@\expandafter{\csname pgf@decl@arrow@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrow@letter@#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@#2@\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end\endcsname#1%
+}
+
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/@arrows decl/.cd,
+ name/.code={%
+ \pgfutil@in@-{#1}%
+ \ifpgfutil@in@%
+ \pgf@arrows@name@decomp#1\pgf@stop%
+ \else%
+ \def\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end{#1}\let\pgf@decl@arrow@name@start\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end%
+ \fi},
+ means/.store in=\pgf@decl@arrow@means,
+ setup code/.store in=\pgf@decl@arrow@setup,
+ drawing code/.store in=\pgf@decl@arrow@code,
+ cache/.store in=\pgf@decl@arrow@cache,
+ bending mode/.is choice,
+ bending mode/none/.code=\let\pgf@decl@arrow@bending@mode\pgfutil@empty,
+ bending mode/orthogonal/.code=\def\pgf@decl@arrow@bending@mode{\pgfpointcurvilinearbezierorthogonal},
+ bending mode/polar/.code=\def\pgf@decl@arrow@bending@mode{\pgfpointcurvilinearbezierpolar},
+ parameters/.store in=\pgf@decl@arrow@par,
+ defaults/.code={%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/arrow keys/.cd,#1}%
+ \let\pgf@decl@arrow@defaults\pgf@arrows@options%
+ }
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@name@decomp#1-#2\pgf@stop{%
+ \def\pgf@decl@arrow@name@start{#1}%
+ \def\pgf@decl@arrow@name@end{#2}%
+}
+
+
+% Handler for defining arrow tips:
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% When you write "my name/.tip = arrow spec", this has the same
+% effect as writing \pgfdeclarearrow{name = my name, means = arrow spec}.
+
+\pgfkeys{/handlers/.tip/.code=%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrows@unravel\pgfkeyscurrentpath/\pgf@stop%
+ \expandafter\pgf@arrows@key@call\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@unravelled}{#1}}
+\def\pgf@arrows@unravel#1/{\pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop{\def\pgf@arrows@unravelled{#1}\pgfutil@gobble}{\pgf@arrows@unravel}}
+\def\pgf@arrows@key@call#1#2{\pgfdeclarearrow{name={#1},means={#2}}}
+
+
+
+
+% Draw an arrow
+%
+% #1 = arrow specification
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Draws the arrow in the given specification (and "end"
+% specification). The arrow will be drawn such that it touches the
+% origin "from the left", that is, the arrow will lie completely in
+% the half plane with negative $x$ values and the tip will end exactly
+% at the origin.
+
+\def\pgfarrowdraw#1{%
+ {%
+ \pgfsetarrowsend{#1}%
+ \pgf@arrow@compute@shortening\pgf@end@tip@sequence%
+ \pgf@arrow@draw@arrow\pgf@end@tip@sequence\pgf@xb%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+% Compute the length of an arrow
+%
+% #1 = arrow specification
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% In \pgf@x, this will return the total length of the arrow given as
+% #1, in \pgf@xa it will return the distance from the tip to the line
+% end.
+
+\def\pgfarrowtotallength#1{%
+ {%
+ \pgfsetarrowsend{#1}%
+ \pgf@arrow@compute@shortening\pgf@end@tip@sequence%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@x\expandafter\the\expandafter\pgf@xb\expandafter\pgf@xa\the\pgf@xa%
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+% Sets the end arrow tip
+%
+% #1 = An arrow specification
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% An "arrow specification" is a sequence of names of meta arrow tips
+% together with options in brackets. In detail:
+%
+% In #1, consider the text from the start up to the first bracket. If
+% this text is the name of a (meta) arrow tip, we use this arrow tip
+% with the provided options. If it is the name of a arrow tip
+% shorthand, this shorthand is expanded and the options are applied to
+% each arrow tip inside the shorthand. If the text is neither or the
+% above, the first letter of text is treated as a shorthand without
+% options.
+%
+% The special arrow tip "." is used to indicate the end of the line.
+%
+% \pgfsetarrowsend{stealth[reversed]}
+% \pgfsetarrowsend{stealth[length=1pt] . stealth[length=2pt]}
+% \pgfsetarrowsend{>>>}
+% \pgfsetarrowsend{>.>}
+
+\def\pgfsetarrowsend#1{%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgf@arrows@translatefalse%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@arrows@direct\csname pgf@arrows@direct@name@end@#1\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrows@direct\relax%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand\pgfarrows@initial@parser#1[]\noexpand\pgf@stop}%
+ \pgf@marshal%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence\pgf@arrows@direct%
+ \fi%
+ \let\pgf@end@tip@sequence\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence%
+}
+
+\newif\ifpgf@arrows@translate
+
+\def\pgfarrows@initial@parser{%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[\pgfarrows@initial@parser@{\pgfarrows@initial@parser@[]}}%}
+
+\def\pgfarrows@initial@parser@[#1]{%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/arrow keys/.cd,#1}%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options@initial\pgf@arrows@options%
+ \pgfarrows@parser%
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrows@parser#1[{%
+ \pgfkeys@spdef\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@empty%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@dot@text%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@dot@parsed%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@untranslated\pgf@temp%
+ \ifpgf@arrows@translate%
+ \pgf@arrow@swapper%
+ \fi%
+ % Now, let's see what we do with this...
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@ar@code@\pgf@temp\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@ar@means@\pgf@temp\endcsname\relax
+ % #1 should start with a single-char shorthands
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@single@char@parser%
+ \let\pgf@temp\pgf@untranslated%
+ \else%
+ % #1 is a shorthand!
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@shorthand@parsed%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ % #1 is a meta arrow!
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@meta@parsed%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \expandafter\pgf@next\pgf@temp[%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@empty[#1]{%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop\pgf@arrows@parser@done\pgfarrows@parser%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@single@char@parser#1{%
+ \def\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@dot@text%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@dot@parsed%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@untranslated\pgf@temp%
+ \ifpgf@arrows@translate%
+ \pgf@arrow@swapper%
+ \fi%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@ar@code@\pgf@temp\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@ar@means@\pgf@temp\endcsname\relax
+ \let\pgf@temp\pgf@untranslated%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@unknown%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@shorthand@parsed%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@arrows@meta@parsed%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\pgf@next\pgf@temp[]%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrows@unknown#1[]#2[#3]{%
+ \pgferror{Unknown arrow tip kind '#1#2'}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@meta@parsed#1[#2]{%
+ % Ok, run the keys #2. This will add commands to \pgf@arrows@options:
+ %
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options\pgf@arrows@options@initial%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/arrow keys/.cd,#2}%
+ % Append the arrow and its options to the arrow tip sequence:
+ \expandafter\pgf@arrows@meta@set\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@options}{#1}{\pgf@arrow@handle}%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop\pgf@arrows@parser@done\pgfarrows@parser%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@parser@done#1{%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@dot@parsed#1[#2]{%
+ \pgf@arrows@append@to@tips{\pgf@arrow@handle@dot}%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop\pgf@arrows@parser@done\pgfarrows@parser%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@meta@set#1#2#3{%
+ \pgf@arrows@append@to@tips{#3{#2}{#1}}%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrows@append@to@tips#1{%
+ \let\pgf@tempa\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence%
+ \def\pgf@tempb{#1}%
+ \ifpgf@arrows@translate%
+ \let\pgf@tempa\pgf@tempb%
+ \let\pgf@tempb\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence%
+ \fi%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgf@tempa\pgf@tempb}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@shorthand@parsed#1[#2]{%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options\pgf@arrows@options@initial%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/arrow keys/.cd,#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrows@options\pgfutil@empty%
+ \expandafter\pgf@arrows@append@to@tips\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\pgf@arrow@handle@shorthand@empty\expandafter{\csname pgf@ar@means@#1\endcsname}}%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrows@meta@set\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\pgf@arrows@options\expandafter}\expandafter{\csname pgf@ar@means@#1\endcsname}{\pgf@arrow@handle@shorthand}%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop\pgf@arrows@parser@done\pgfarrows@parser%
+}
+
+
+% General handler:
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@handle@shorthand@empty#1{#1}
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@handle@shorthand#1#2{%
+ \def\pgf@temp@opt{#2}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrows@nested@options@temp%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgf@temp@opt\pgf@arrows@nested@options}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@arrows@nested@options\expandafter\pgf@arrows@nested@options@temp%
+ \expandafter#1% all these expandafters to avoid creating groups, but having the options nest
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@arrows@nested@options\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@nested@options}%
+}
+
+\let\pgf@arrows@nested@options\pgfutil@empty
+
+
+
+
+% Sets the start arrow tip
+%
+% #1 = An arrow specification
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This works like \pgfsetarrowsend, only the order of the tips in the
+% arrow specification is reversed and the "reversed names" are used.
+%
+% \pgfsetarrowsend{<<}
+% \pgfsetarrowsend{>.>}
+
+\def\pgfsetarrowsstart#1{%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgf@arrows@translatetrue%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@arrows@direct\csname pgf@arrows@direct@name@start@#1\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrows@direct\relax%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand\pgfarrows@initial@parser#1[]\noexpand\pgf@stop}%
+ \pgf@marshal%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence\pgf@arrows@direct%
+ \fi%
+ \let\pgf@start@tip@sequence\pgf@arrow@tip@sequence%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@swapper{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\csname pgf@ar@start@\pgf@temp\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\relax%
+ \def\pgf@temp{undefined}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\let\pgf@start@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty
+\let\pgf@end@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty
+
+
+\expandafter\def\csname pgf@arrows@direct@name@start@\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname pgf@arrows@direct@name@end@\endcsname{}
+
+
+% Predefined lengths and ifs
+
+\newdimen\pgfarrowsep
+
+\newif\ifpgfarrowswap
+\newif\ifpgfarrowreversed
+\newif\ifpgfarrowharpoon
+\newif\ifpgfarrowopen
+
+\let\pgf@arrows@stroke@color\pgfutil@empty
+\let\pgf@arrows@fill@color\pgfutil@empty
+
+\def\pgfarrows@length@scale{1}
+\def\pgfarrows@width@scale{1}
+\def\pgfarrows@slant{0}
+
+\let\pgfarrows@scale@list\pgfutil@empty
+\def\pgfarrowsaddtolengthscalelist#1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfarrows@scale@list\expandafter{\pgfarrows@scale@list#1\pgfarrows@length@scale#1}}
+\def\pgfarrowsaddtowidthscalelist#1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfarrows@scale@list\expandafter{\pgfarrows@scale@list#1\pgfarrows@width@scale#1}}
+
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/arrow keys/.cd,
+ scale/.code={%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfarrows@length@scale\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}%
+ \expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfarrows@width@scale\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}%
+ },
+ scale length/.code={\pgfmathparse{#1}\expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfarrows@length@scale\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}},
+ scale width/.code={\pgfmathparse{#1}\expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfarrows@width@scale\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}},
+ slant/.code={\pgfmathparse{#1}\expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfarrows@slant\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}},
+ sep/.code={
+ \pgfarrowsthreeparameters{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfarrowslinewidthdependent\pgfarrowstheparameters\pgfarrowsep\pgf@x}%
+ },
+ sep/.default=0.88pt .3 1,
+ %
+ swap/.code=\pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\ifpgfarrowswap\pgfarrowswapfalse\else\pgfarrowswaptrue\fi},
+ reversed/.code=\pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\ifpgfarrowreversed\pgfarrowreversedfalse\else\pgfarrowreversedtrue\fi},
+ harpoon/.is choice,
+ harpoon/.default=true,
+ harpoon/true/.code=\pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\pgfarrowharpoontrue},
+ harpoon/false/.code=\pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\pgfarrowharpoonfalse},
+ left/.style={harpoon},
+ right/.style={harpoon,swap},
+ %
+ color/.code=\pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\def\pgf@arrows@stroke@color{#1}},
+ fill/.code={%
+ \def\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@nonetext%
+ \pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\pgfarrowopentrue}
+ \else
+ \pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\pgfarrowopenfalse\def\pgf@arrows@fill@color{#1}}
+ \fi
+ },
+ fill/.value required,
+ open/.style={fill=none},
+ .unknown/.code={
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@in@\expandafter!\expandafter{\pgfkeyscurrentname}%
+ \ifpgfutil@in@%
+ % this is a color!
+ \expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@arrows@stroke@color\expandafter{\pgfkeyscurrentname}}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfutil@doifcolorelse{\pgfkeyscurrentname}
+ {%
+ \expandafter\pgfarrowsaddtooptions\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@arrows@stroke@color\expandafter{\pgfkeyscurrentname}}%
+ }
+ {%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{\pgfkeyscurrentname}%
+ \pgfkeys{/errors/unknown key/.expand once=\expandafter{\pgf@temp}{#1}}%
+ }
+ \fi
+ }
+}
+\def\pgf@nonetext{none}
+
+\def\pgfarrowsaddtooptions#1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@arrows@options\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@options#1}}
+\def\pgfarrowsaddtolateoptions#1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@arrows@options\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@options\pgf@arrows@add@to@late@options{#1}}}
+\def\pgf@arrows@add@to@late@options#1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@arrows@late@options\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@late@options#1}}
+
+
+
+\def\pgfarrowsthreeparameters#1{%
+ \pgfarrowsthreeparameters@#1 +0 +0 +0 \pgf@stop%
+}
+\def\pgfarrowsthreeparameters@#1 #2 #3 #4\pgf@stop{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@temp@a{#2}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@temp@b{#3}%
+ \edef\pgfarrowstheparameters{{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@temp@a}{\pgf@temp@b}}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrowsfourparameters#1{%
+ \pgfarrowsfourparameters@#1 +0 +0 +0 \pgf@stop%
+}
+\def\pgfarrowsfourparameters@#1:#2 #3 #4 #5\pgf@stop{%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@temp@z{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#2}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@temp@a{#3}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@temp@b{#4}%
+ \edef\pgfarrowstheparameters{{\pgf@temp@z}{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@temp@a}{\pgf@temp@b}}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrows@angle@setup#1#2#3#4{%
+ \pgfarrowslinewidthdependent{#2}{#3}{#4}
+ \pgf@xc\pgf@x
+ \pgf@yc#1 pt%
+ \pgf@yc.5\pgf@yc%
+ \pgfpointpolar{\pgf@yc}{\pgf@xc}
+ \pgfarrowlength\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@y2\pgf@y%
+ \expandafter\pgf@arrows@add@to@late@options\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfarrowwidth\the\pgf@y}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrows@angle@setup@prime#1{%
+ \pgf@yc#1 pt %
+ \pgf@yc=0.5\pgf@yc
+ \pgfmathtan@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yc}%
+ \pgfarrowwidth\pgfmathresult\pgfarrowlength%
+ \pgfarrowwidth2\pgfarrowwidth%
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrowslinewidthdependent#1#2#3{%
+ \pgf@x#1%
+ \ifdim\pgfinnerlinewidth>0pt%
+ \pgf@arrows@inner@line@width@dep{#2}{#3}%
+ \else%
+ \advance\pgf@x by#2\pgflinewidth%
+ \fi%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrows@inner@line@width@dep#1#2{%
+ % #1*((1-#2/2)*full line width - (#2/2) * inner line width)
+ % Compute "real" line width
+ \pgf@xa\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgf@xb-.5\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgf@xb#2\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@xb\pgfinnerlinewidth%
+ \pgf@xb-.5\pgf@xb
+ \advance\pgf@xa by#2\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by#1\pgf@xa%
+}
+
+
+\def\pgfarrowslengthdependent#1#2#3#4{%
+ #4#1%
+ \advance#4by#2\pgfarrowlength%
+ \advance#4by#3\pgflinewidth%
+}
+
+
+
+% Build the full name:
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@fullname#1{pgf@@ar@#1@\the\pgflinewidth @\pgfinnerlinewidth @\ifpgfarrowreversed r\fi @\pgf@arrows@stroke@color @\pgf@arrows@fill@color @\csname pgf@ar@par@#1\endcsname}
+\def\pgf@arrow@id@count{0}%
+
+% Compute the arrow id of an arrow
+%
+% #1 = arrow name
+% #2 = options
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Returns the an id in \pgf@arrow@id that identifies the instantiation
+% of the given arrow. If the arrow was not instantiated, this happens now.
+
+\def\pgfarrows@getid#1#2{%
+ % Execute options:
+ \let\pgf@arrows@late@options\pgfutil@empty%
+ % 1. Defaults:
+ \csname pgf@ar@defaults@#1\endcsname%
+ % 2. Scope:
+ \pgf@arrows@options@scope
+ % 3. Local:
+ #2\relax%
+ % 4. Nested:
+ \pgf@arrows@nested@options%
+ % 5. Last options:
+ \pgf@arrows@late@options%
+ % 6. Scaling:
+ \pgfarrows@scale@list%
+ % Now, test:
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@arrow@id\csname\pgf@arrow@fullname{#1}\endcsname\relax%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrow@id\relax%
+ \pgf@arrows@instantiate{#1}
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@instantiate#1{%
+ % Not defined. Rats!
+ % Allocate new id:
+ \pgfutil@tempcnta\pgf@arrow@id@count\relax%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempcnta by1\relax%
+ \xdef\pgf@arrow@id@count{\the\pgfutil@tempcnta}%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname\pgf@arrow@fullname{#1}\endcsname\pgf@arrow@id@count%
+ \global\let\pgf@arrow@id\pgf@arrow@id@count%
+ {%
+ \pgfclearid%
+ \csname pgf@ar@setup@#1\endcsname%
+ % Handle reversal
+ \ifpgfarrowreversed%
+ % Compute transformation:
+ \pgf@arrows@handle@reverse%
+ \fi%
+ % Save computed values
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@saves@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname\pgf@arrows@saves%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@hull@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname\pgf@arrows@convexhull%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname pgf@ar@ends@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname{{\pgf@arrows@the@tipend}{\pgf@arrows@the@backend}{\pgf@arrows@the@lineend}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname pgf@ar@visual@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname{{\pgf@arrows@the@visualtipend}{\pgf@arrows@the@visualbackend}{}}%
+ % Save code (needed for bending)
+ \edef\pgf@arrow@code{%
+ \ifpgfarrowreversed\noexpand\pgftransformxscale{-1}\fi%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname pgf@ar@code@#1\endcsname%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@inst@code@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname\pgf@arrow@code%
+ % Should we cache?
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@ar@do@cache@#1\endcsname\pgf@truetext%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@getcurrentprotocol\pgf@arrow@temp%
+ {%
+ \pgfinterruptpath%
+ \let\pgfusepath=\pgf@nousepath@here%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@setcurrentprotocol\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@bufferedtrue%
+ \pgfscope%
+ \pgf@arrow@code%
+ \endpgfscope%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@getcurrentprotocol\pgf@@arrow@temp%
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\pgf@arrow@code\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfsysprotocol@literal\expandafter{\pgf@@arrow@temp}}%
+ \endpgfinterruptpath%
+ }%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@setcurrentprotocol\pgf@arrow@temp%
+ \fi%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@ar@cache@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname\pgf@arrow@code%
+ }%
+}
+\def\pgf@truetext{true}
+
+% Ok, now run setup:
+\def\pgf@arrows@copy@tipend{\pgf@arrows@the@tipend}
+\def\pgf@arrows@copy@backend{\pgf@arrows@the@backend}
+\def\pgf@arrows@copy@lineend{\pgf@arrows@the@lineend}
+\def\pgf@arrows@zeropt{0pt}%
+
+\let\pgf@arrows@saves\pgfutil@empty%
+\let\pgf@arrows@convexhull\pgfutil@empty%
+\let\pgf@arrows@the@tipend\pgf@arrows@zeropt%
+\let\pgf@arrows@the@backend\pgf@arrows@zeropt%
+\let\pgf@arrows@the@lineend\pgf@arrows@zeropt%
+\let\pgf@arrows@the@visualtipend\pgf@arrows@copy@tipend%
+\let\pgf@arrows@the@visualbackend\pgf@arrows@copy@backend%
+
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@handle@reverse{%
+ \pgf@x\pgf@arrows@the@visualtipend\pgf@x-\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@y\pgf@arrows@the@visualbackend\pgf@y-\pgf@y
+ \edef\pgf@arrows@the@visualtipend{\the\pgf@y}%
+ \edef\pgf@arrows@the@visualbackend{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@x\pgf@arrows@the@tipend\pgf@x-\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@y\pgf@arrows@the@backend\pgf@y-\pgf@y
+ \edef\pgf@arrows@the@tipend{\the\pgf@y}%
+ \edef\pgf@arrows@the@backend{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@x\pgf@arrows@the@lineend\pgf@x-\pgf@x\edef\pgf@arrows@the@lineend{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@temp\pgf@arrows@convexhull%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@convexhull\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@hull@point\pgf@arrow@hull@point@reverse%
+ \pgf@temp%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrow@hull@point@reverse#1#2{%
+ \pgf@x#1%
+ \pgfarrowshullpoint{-\pgf@x}{#2}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@nousepath@here#1{\pgferror{The definition of an arrow may not use \string\pgfusepath}}
+
+\def\pgfarrowssavethe#1{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrows@saves%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgf@arrows@saves\expandafter#1\the#1\relax}
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrowssave#1{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrows@saves%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgf@arrows@saves\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1}}
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrowshullpoint#1#2{%
+ \pgf@x#1\relax%
+ \pgf@y#2\relax%
+ \edef\pgf@arrows@temp{\noexpand\pgf@arrows@convexhull\noexpand\pgf@arrow@hull@point{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrows@convexhull\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@temp}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrowsupperhullpoint#1#2{%
+ \pgf@x#1\relax%
+ \pgf@y#2\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y>0pt
+ \edef\pgf@arrows@temp{\noexpand\pgf@arrows@convexhull\noexpand\pgf@arrow@hull@point{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}\ifpgfarrowharpoon\else\noexpand\pgf@arrow@hull@point{\the\pgf@x}{-\the\pgf@y}\fi}%
+ \else
+ \edef\pgf@arrows@temp{\noexpand\pgf@arrows@convexhull\noexpand\pgf@arrow@hull@point{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrows@convexhull\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\pgf@arrows@temp}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfarrowssettipend#1{\pgf@x#1\edef\pgf@arrows@the@tipend{\the\pgf@x}}
+\def\pgfarrowssetbackend#1{\pgf@x#1\edef\pgf@arrows@the@backend{\the\pgf@x}}
+\def\pgfarrowssetlineend#1{\pgf@x#1\edef\pgf@arrows@the@lineend{\the\pgf@x}}
+\def\pgfarrowssetvisualtipend#1{\pgf@x#1\edef\pgf@arrows@the@visualtipend{\the\pgf@x}}
+\def\pgfarrowssetvisualbackend#1{\pgf@x#1\edef\pgf@arrows@the@visualbackend{\the\pgf@x}}
+
+
+% Internal computation of the line end (shortening) for an arrow
+%
+% #1 = arrow tip list
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% \pgf@xa will contain the necessary path shortening for the given
+% arrow tip list, \pgf@xb will contain the total length of the arrow
+% tip list (sum of the differences between tip end and back end plus
+% the seps).
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@compute@shortening#1{%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@handle\pgf@arrow@compute@shortening@
+ \let\pgf@arrow@handle@dot\pgf@arrow@after@line@endtrue%
+ \pgf@arrow@after@line@endfalse%
+ \pgf@xa0pt%
+ \pgf@xb0pt%
+ #1%
+}
+\newif\ifpgf@arrow@after@line@end
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@compute@shortening@#1#2{%
+ {\pgfarrows@getid{#1}{#2}\ifnum\pgf@arrow@flex@mode>0\relax\global\pgf@precise@shorteningtrue\fi\expandafter}\expandafter\pgf@x\the\pgfarrowsep%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrow@cont@short\csname pgf@ar@ends@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname%
+}
+\def\pgf@dot@text{.}
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@cont@short#1#2#3{% tip end, back end, line end, sep
+ \advance\pgf@xb by#1%
+ \pgf@xc#2%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by\pgf@x%
+ \ifpgf@arrow@after@line@end%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by#1%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@xc#2%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@xc%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@xa#1%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@xc#3%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@xc%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@rigid@arrow#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@xb=#2%
+ \pgftransformxshift{-\pgf@xb}%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@handle\pgf@arrow@rigid
+ \let\pgf@arrow@handle@dot\relax%
+ #1%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@rigid#1#2{%
+ % Prepare:
+ {%
+ \pgfarrows@getid{#1}{#2}%
+ % Do shift:
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrow@drawer@shift\csname pgf@ar@ends@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname%
+ % Do slant:
+ \ifdim\pgfarrows@slant pt=0pt%
+ \else%
+ \pgftransformxslant{\pgfarrows@slant}%
+ \fi%
+ % do swap:
+ \ifpgfarrowswap%
+ \pgftransformyscale{-1}%
+ \fi%
+ {%
+ \csname pgf@ar@saves@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname%
+ \pgf@arrows@rigid@hull%
+ }%
+ \expandafter}%
+ % Transform to next tip:
+ \expandafter\pgftransformxshift\expandafter{\the\pgf@xc}%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Draw an arrow
+%
+% #1 = arrow tip list
+% #2 = total length of the arrow (the value of \pgf@xb computed by
+% \pgf@arrow@compute@shortening)
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Draws an arrow tip list. The coordinate system must have been
+% transformed so that the to-be-drawn arrow points right and should
+% "end" at the origin.
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@draw@arrow#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@xb=#2%
+ \pgftransformxshift{-\pgf@xb}%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@handle\pgf@arrow@drawer
+ \let\pgf@arrow@handle@dot\relax%
+ #1%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@drawer#1#2{%
+ % Prepare:
+ {%
+ \pgfarrows@getid{#1}{#2}%
+ % Do shift:
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrow@drawer@shift\csname pgf@ar@ends@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname%
+ % Do slant:
+ \ifdim\pgfarrows@slant pt=0pt%
+ \else%
+ \pgftransformxslant{\pgfarrows@slant}%
+ \fi%
+ % do swap:
+ \ifpgfarrowswap%
+ \pgftransformyscale{-1}%
+ \fi%
+ {%
+ \csname pgf@ar@saves@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname%
+ \pgfscope%
+ \pgf@arrows@color@setup%
+ \pgflowlevelsynccm\csname pgf@ar@cache@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname%
+ \endpgfscope%
+ \pgf@arrows@rigid@hull%
+ }%
+ \expandafter}%
+ % Transform to next tip:
+ \expandafter\pgftransformxshift\expandafter{\the\pgf@xc}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@color@setup@restore@std@colors{%
+ % we want to allow 'arrows={fill=pgffillcolor}'. To this end, we have to ensure that \string\color@pgffillcolor is known.
+ % we can safely keep the macro in the current TeX group since it has global character anyway.
+ %
+ % Note that declaring \string\color@pgfstrokecolor as \global macro causes save stack issues and should be avoided.
+ \pgfutil@namelet{\string\color@pgfstrokecolor}{pgf@strokecolor@global}%
+ \pgfutil@namelet{\string\color@pgffillcolor}{pgf@fillcolor@global}%
+ %
+}%
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@color@setup{%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrows@stroke@color\pgfutil@empty\else\pgfsetstrokecolor{\pgf@arrows@stroke@color}\fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrows@fill@color\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifx\pgf@strokecolor@global\pgf@fillcolor@global
+ \else
+ \pgf@arrows@color@setup@restore@std@colors
+ \pgfsetfillcolor{pgfstrokecolor}%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@arrows@color@setup@restore@std@colors
+ \pgfsetfillcolor{\pgf@arrows@fill@color}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@drawer@shift#1#2#3{% tip end, back end, line end, sep
+ \pgf@xb#2\pgftransformxshift{-\pgf@xb}%
+ \pgf@xc#1%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by\pgfarrowsep%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by-\pgf@xb%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@rigid@hull{%
+ \ifpgf@relevantforpicturesize%
+ % Do bb update:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\csname pgf@ar@hull@\pgf@arrow@id\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@hull@point\pgf@arrow@hull@point@first%
+ \pgf@temp%
+ \pgf@arrow@update@bb%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% Convex hull stuff:
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@hull@point@first#1#2{%
+% {\pgfsys@beginscope\pgfpathcircle{\pgfqpoint{#1}{#2}}{0.5pt}\pgfusepathqfill\pgfsys@endscope}%
+ \pgf@x#1\pgf@y#2%
+ \pgf@xa\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@pt@ba\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@ya\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@pt@bb\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@xb\pgf@xa\pgf@yb\pgf@ya%
+ \let\pgf@arrow@hull@point\pgf@arrow@hull@point@other%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrow@hull@point@other#1#2{%
+% {\pgfsys@beginscope\pgfpathcircle{\pgfqpoint{#1}{#2}}{0.5pt}\pgfusepathqfill\pgfsys@endscope}%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima#1\pgfutil@tempdimb#2%
+ \pgf@x\pgf@pt@aa\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@pt@ba\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgf@y\pgf@pt@ab\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@pt@bb\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x<\pgf@xa\pgf@xa\pgf@x\else\ifdim\pgf@x>\pgf@xb\pgf@xb\pgf@x\fi\fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y<\pgf@ya\pgf@ya\pgf@y\else\ifdim\pgf@y>\pgf@yb\pgf@yb\pgf@y\fi\fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@arrow@update@bb{%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@pt@y%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by\pgf@pt@y%
+ \ifdim\pgf@picmaxx=-16000pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@picminx\pgf@xa%
+ \global\pgf@picmaxx\pgf@xb%
+ \global\pgf@picminy\pgf@ya%
+ \global\pgf@picmaxy\pgf@yb%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xa<\pgf@picminx\global\pgf@picminx\pgf@xa\fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@ya<\pgf@picminy\global\pgf@picminy\pgf@ya\fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xb>\pgf@picmaxx\global\pgf@picmaxx\pgf@xb\fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@yb>\pgf@picmaxy\global\pgf@picmaxy\pgf@yb\fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+% Sets arrows
+%
+% #1 = An arrow specification of the form
+% <start spec>-<end spec>. This will call \pgfsetstartarrow{start
+% spec} and \pgfsetendarrow{end spec}.
+%
+% Alternatively, it may be of the form [options]. In this case,
+% the arrow options are set for the local scope and all arrows in
+% the current scope will have these options set.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetarrows{-to}
+
+\def\pgfsetarrows#1{\pgf@arrows#1\pgf@stop}
+\def\pgf@arrows{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[\pgf@arrows@test@opt\pgf@arrows@}%}
+\def\pgf@arrows@#1-#2\pgf@stop{%
+ \pgfsetarrowsstart{#1}%
+ \pgfsetarrowsend{#2}%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrows@test@opt[{%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar-{\pgf@arrows@[}%} go back to normal reading for compat. reasons.
+ \pgf@arrows@test@opt@%
+}
+\def\pgf@arrows@test@opt@#1]{%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop{%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options\pgf@arrows@options@scope%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/arrow keys/.cd,#1}%
+ \let\pgf@arrows@options@scope\pgf@arrows@options%
+ % Ok, setup the options
+ \pgfutil@gobble%
+ }{%
+ \pgf@arrows@[#1]% Oops: go back to normal mode
+ }%
+}
+
+\let\pgf@arrows@options@scope\pgfutil@empty
+
+
+
+
+%
+% Predefined arrows:
+%
+
+
+% A dot is used to indicate the end of the line:
+
+\pgfdeclarearrow{
+ name = .,
+ drawing code =
+}
+
+
+% An underscore adds a space as in >_> or >_ >. However, it will be
+% faster to say ">[sep] >" or ">[sep=2pt] >".
+
+\pgfdeclarearrow{
+ name = _,
+ defaults = {sep},
+ drawing code =
+}
+
+
+
+% Default shorthands:
+
+\pgfdeclarearrow{ name = To, means = } % forward declaration
+\pgfdeclarearrow{ name = Bar, means = } % forward declaration
+\pgfkeys{
+ <-> /.tip = {To},
+ >-< /.tip = {>[reversed]},
+ | /.tip = {Bar}
+}
+
+
+
+% Compatibility with old arrow system:
+
+\pgfkeys {}
+
+\def\pgf@arrows@direct@def#1#2{\expandafter\pgf@arrows@direct@def@\expandafter{\csname pgf@ar@means@#2\endcsname}{#1}}
+\def\pgf@arrows@direct@def@#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname pgf@arrows@direct@name@#2\endcsname{\pgf@arrow@handle@shorthand@empty{#1}}}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{start@[}{]}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{start@]}{[}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{start@spaced [}{spaced ]}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{start@spaced ]}{spaced [}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{end@[}{[}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{end@]}{]}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{end@spaced [}{spaced [}
+\pgf@arrows@direct@def{end@spaced ]}{spaced ]}
+
+\def\pgfsetarrowoptions#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname pgf@arrow@compat@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}}
+\def\pgfgetarrowoptions#1{\csname pgf@arrow@compat@opt@#1\endcsname}
+\def\pgfarrowsdeclare#1#2#3#4{%
+ \pgfdeclarearrow{ name ={#1}-{#2}, setup code ={#3}, drawing code={#4}, parameters/.expand once={\csname pgf@arrow@compat@opt@#2\endcsname}}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@arrow@compat@opt@#2\endcsname{0}}
+\def\pgfarrowsleftextend#1{\pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xa{#1}\pgfarrowssetbackend{\pgf@xa}}
+\def\pgfarrowsrightextend#1{\pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xb{#1}\pgfarrowssettipend{\pgf@xb}}
+\def\pgfarrowsdeclarealias#1#2#3#4{\pgfdeclarearrow{ name ={#1}-{#2}, means ={#4} } }
+\def\pgfarrowsdeclarereversed#1#2#3#4{\pgfdeclarearrow{ name ={#1}-{#2}, means={{#4}[reversed]}}}
+\def\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine{\pgfutil@ifnextchar*{\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine@star}{\pgf@@arrowsdeclarecombine}}
+\def\pgf@@arrowsdeclarecombine{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@arrowsdeclarecombine}{\pgf@arrowsdeclarecombine[0pt]}}
+\def\pgf@arrowsdeclarecombine[#1]#2#3#4#5#6#7{\def\pgf@@temp{#1}\ifx\pgf@@temp\pgf@linewidthtext\def\pgf@@temp{+0pt 1}\fi%
+ \pgfdeclarearrow{name ={#2}-{#3}, means={#5[sep/.expand once=\pgf@@temp]#6}}}
+\def\pgf@linewidth@text{\pgflinewidth}
+\def\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine@star*{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@arrowsdeclarecombine@star}{\pgf@arrowsdeclarecombine@star[0pt]}}
+\def\pgf@arrowsdeclarecombine@star[#1]#2#3#4#5#6#7{\def\pgf@@temp{#1}\ifx\pgf@@temp\pgf@linewidthtext\def\pgf@@temp{+0pt 1}\fi%
+ \pgfdeclarearrow{name ={#2}-{#3}, means={#5[sep/.expand once=\pgf@@temp].#6}}}
+\def\pgfarrowsdeclaredouble{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@arrowsdeclaredouble}{\pgf@arrowsdeclaredouble[0pt]}}
+\def\pgf@arrowsdeclaredouble[#1]#2#3#4#5{\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine[#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#4}{#5}}
+\def\pgfarrowsdeclaretriple{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@arrowsdeclaretriple}{\pgf@arrowsdeclaretriple[0pt]}}
+\def\pgf@arrowsdeclaretriple[#1]#2#3#4#5{ \pgfarrowsdeclarecombine[#1]{pgf@trip@#2}{pgf@trip@#3}{#4}{#5}{#4}{#5}%
+ \pgfarrowsdeclarecombine[#1]{#2}{#3}{pgf@trip@#2}{pgf@trip@#3}{#4}{#5}}
+\def\pgf@linewidthtext{\pgflinewidth}
+
+\pgfarrowsdeclare{stealth}{stealth}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=0.28pt%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgfinnerlinewidth>0pt%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgfutil@tempdimb{.6\pgflinewidth-.4*\pgfinnerlinewidth}%
+ \fi%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by.3\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgfarrowsleftextend{+-3\pgfutil@tempdima}
+ \pgfarrowsrightextend{+5\pgfutil@tempdima}
+}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=0.28pt%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgfinnerlinewidth>0pt%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgfutil@tempdimb{.6\pgflinewidth-.4*\pgfinnerlinewidth}%
+ \fi%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by.3\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{5\pgfutil@tempdima}{0pt}}
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{-3\pgfutil@tempdima}{4\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointorigin}
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{-3\pgfutil@tempdima}{-4\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfusepathqfill
+}
+\pgfarrowsdeclarereversed{stealth reversed}{stealth reversed}{stealth}{stealth}
+\pgfarrowsdeclare{to}{to}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=-0.84pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by-1.3\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=0.21pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdimb by.625\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfarrowsleftextend{+\pgfutil@tempdima}
+ \pgfarrowsrightextend{+\pgfutil@tempdimb}
+}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=0.28pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by.3\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfsetlinewidth{0.8\pgflinewidth}
+ \pgfsetdash{}{+0pt}
+ \pgfsetroundcap
+ \pgfsetroundjoin
+ \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{-3\pgfutil@tempdima}{4\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfpathcurveto
+ {\pgfqpoint{-2.75\pgfutil@tempdima}{2.5\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{0pt}{0.25\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{0.75\pgfutil@tempdima}{0pt}}
+ \pgfpathcurveto
+ {\pgfqpoint{0pt}{-0.25\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{-2.75\pgfutil@tempdima}{-2.5\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{-3\pgfutil@tempdima}{-4\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfusepathqstroke
+}
+\pgfkeys{To /.tip = to}
+\pgfarrowsdeclare{to reversed}{to reversed}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=-0.21pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by-0.475\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=0.98pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdimb by1.45\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfarrowsleftextend{+\pgfutil@tempdima}
+ \pgfarrowsrightextend{+\pgfutil@tempdimb}
+}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=0.28pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by.3\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfsetlinewidth{+0.8\pgflinewidth}
+ \pgfsetdash{}{+0pt}
+ \pgfsetroundcap
+ \pgfsetroundjoin
+ \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{3.5\pgfutil@tempdima}{4\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfpathcurveto
+ {\pgfqpoint{3.25\pgfutil@tempdima}{2.5\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{0.5\pgfutil@tempdima}{0.25\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{-0.25\pgfutil@tempdima}{0\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfpathcurveto
+ {\pgfqpoint{0.5\pgfutil@tempdima}{-0.25\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{3.25\pgfutil@tempdima}{-2.5\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{3.5\pgfutil@tempdima}{-4\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfusepathqstroke
+}
+\pgfarrowsdeclare{latex}{latex}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=0.28pt%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgfinnerlinewidth>0pt%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgfutil@tempdimb{.6\pgflinewidth-.4*\pgfinnerlinewidth}%
+ \fi%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by.3\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgfarrowsleftextend{+-1\pgfutil@tempdima}
+ \pgfarrowsrightextend{+9\pgfutil@tempdima}
+}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=0.28pt%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgfinnerlinewidth>0pt%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgfutil@tempdimb{.6\pgflinewidth-.4*\pgfinnerlinewidth}%
+ \fi%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by.3\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{9\pgfutil@tempdima}{0pt}}
+ \pgfpathcurveto
+ {\pgfqpoint{6.3333\pgfutil@tempdima}{.5\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{2\pgfutil@tempdima}{2\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{-1\pgfutil@tempdima}{3.75\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{-1\pgfutil@tempdima}{-3.75\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfpathcurveto
+ {\pgfqpoint{2\pgfutil@tempdima}{-2\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{6.3333\pgfutil@tempdima}{-.5\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{9\pgfutil@tempdima}{0pt}}
+ \pgfusepathqfill
+}
+\pgfarrowsdeclarereversed{latex reversed}{latex reversed}{latex}{latex}
+\pgfarrowsdeclare{@bar}{@bar}
+{
+ \pgfarrowsleftextend{+-0.25\pgflinewidth}
+ \pgfarrowsrightextend{+.75\pgflinewidth}
+}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=2pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by1.5\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfsetdash{}{+0pt}
+ \pgfsetrectcap
+ \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{0.25\pgflinewidth}{-\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{0.25\pgflinewidth}{\pgfutil@tempdima}}
+ \pgfusepathqstroke
+}
+\pgfkeys{Bar /.tip = @bar}
+\pgfarrowsdeclare{space}{space}
+{
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=0.88pt%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by.3\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfarrowsleftextend{0pt}
+ \pgfarrowsrightextend{\pgfutil@tempdima}
+}
+{}
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6fef57755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcoreexternal.code.tex}
+
+
+
+\newif\ifpgfexternal@aux@in@dpth
+\newif\ifpgfexternal@info
+
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/images/include external/.code={\pgfimage{#1}},
+ /pgf/images/aux in dpth/.is if=pgfexternal@aux@in@dpth,
+ /pgf/images/aux in dpth/.default=true,
+ /pgf/images/trim external/.code n args={4}{%
+ \def\pgf@external@kern@left{#1}%
+ \def\pgf@external@kern@bottom{#2}%
+ \def\pgf@external@kern@right{#3}%
+ \def\pgf@external@kern@top{#4}%
+ \ifx\pgf@external@kern@left\pgfutil@empty\def\pgf@external@kern@left{0sp}\fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@external@kern@bottom\pgfutil@empty\def\pgf@external@kern@bottom{0sp}\fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@external@kern@right\pgfutil@empty\def\pgf@external@kern@right{0sp}\fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@external@kern@top\pgfutil@empty\def\pgf@external@kern@top{0sp}\fi%
+ },
+ /pgf/images/trim external={1truein}{1truein}{1truein}{1truein},
+ /pgf/images/external info/.is if=pgfexternal@info,
+ /pgf/images/external info/.default=true,
+}
+
+% The external read/write mechanism is used as follows:
+%
+% In your document, you put a number or all of your pgfpicture (or
+% tikzpicture) environments inside a pair of \beginpgfexternal and
+% \endpgfexternal. The \beginpgfexternal gets one parameter called the
+% graphics name.
+%
+% Once this is done, the next step is to declare the names of your
+% graphics in the document at the beginning using the
+% \pgfdeclaregraphicname command.
+%
+% Now, when you typeset your document, each time a \beginpgfexternal
+% command is encountered, it will be checked whether the corresponding
+% graphics file exists. If this is the case, it will be included and
+% the code between \beginpgfexternal and \endpgfexternal is
+% ignored. Otherwise, the code is executed normally.
+%
+% Things change when you run tex on your file with the \jobname set to
+% the name of a declared graphics name. In this case, only your
+% graphic will be typeset, the rest of the document will be "thrown away".
+% To be more precise, everything is gobbled up to the beginning
+% of the first \beginpgfexternal with the given graphics name. Then,
+% the content of the "environment" is put in a box (this "environment"
+% need not contain a graphics, it may contain anything that can be put
+% in a box). Then a single page is output whose size is exactly the
+% size of the picture.
+%
+% So, once you have run tex repeatedly, each time with the jobname set
+% to each of the graphics, you can then run tex on the whole document
+% and this will cause all graphics to be included rather than begin
+% typeset.
+%
+% Finally, once all the graphics have been created, you can also say
+% \input pgfexternal.tex instead of including pgf/TikZ.
+
+
+\newif\ifpgfexternalreadmainaux
+\pgfexternalreadmainauxtrue
+
+% Tells pgf which jobname is the name of the real file
+%
+% #1 = name
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command is used to tell pgf that the file named #1 should be
+% typeset normally. If \jobname is not equal to #1, only
+% the graphic called \jobname will be typeset.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfrealjobname{survey}
+%
+% Note that afterwards, \jobname will be set to the argument. In our
+% example, \jobname will be 'survey'. This is to accomplish
+% compatibility with aux-file generation.
+
+\def\pgfrealjobname#1{%
+ \global\let\pgfactualjobname=\jobname
+ \edef\pgf@tempa{\expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname}%
+ \edef\pgf@tempb{\expandafter\string\csname\jobname\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\pgf@tempa\pgf@tempb%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@external@grabshipouttrue%
+ \pgfexternal@nofiles% see also \pgf@external@init@aux@in@dpth
+ \ifpgfexternalreadmainaux
+ % and reset the jobname. This should allow to handle any
+ % \label/\ref constructions which are stored in \jobname.aux (and
+ % which won't be found otherwise)
+ \gdef\jobname{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \ifpgfexternal@aux@in@dpth
+ \csname newwrite\endcsname\w@pgfexternal@auxout
+ \fi
+ \pgfexternal@geometry@compatibility
+ \fi%
+ \gdef\pgfrealjobname##1{}% avoid multiple calls.
+}
+
+\def\pgfexternal@geometry@compatibility{%
+ % check if \usepackage{geometry} is loaded:
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{geometry}{%
+ }{%
+ % The geometry package hooks into \begin{document}, evaluates
+ % its driver -- and generates \special instructions to set the
+ % paper size.
+ %
+ % Unfortunately, this confuses dvips utterly - and perhaps
+ % other drivers as well.
+ %
+ % Thus, if we currently about to generate some external
+ % graphics, we WANT to disable geometry (it has no purpose in
+ % this context anyway).
+ %
+ % This here works well:
+ \pgf@typeout{Package TikZ externalization: calling \string\geometry{driver=none} during externalization.^^J}%
+ \geometry{driver=none}%
+ }%
+}%
+
+\def\pgfexternal@nofiles{%
+ % replace \relax. The \nofiles macros does
+ % \let\makeglossary=\relax
+ % but the glossary.sty calls \renewcommand\makeglossary (which
+ % will fail if \makeglossary=\relax). Stupid, but it works.
+ \let\pgfexternal@nofiles@=\relax
+ \def\relax{\relax}%
+ %
+ % suppress generation of LaTeX .aux, .toc etc files.
+ % generation of these files is not thread-safe.
+ % the \csname \endcsname yields \relax if \nofiles doesn't exist.
+ \csname nofiles\endcsname
+ %
+ \let\relax=\pgfexternal@nofiles@
+}%
+
+\newif\ifpgf@external@grabshipout
+\newbox\pgfexternal@startupbox
+
+\pgfutil@ifundefined{AtBeginDocument}{}{%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifpgf@external@grabshipout%
+ \global\let\pgfexternal@originalshipout=\shipout%
+ \global\def\shipout{\setbox\pgfpic=}%
+ \maxdeadcycles=10000%
+ % Ok, gather everything we have seen up to now in a box. This box
+ % will contain any specials that have been used.
+ {%
+ \output{\global\setbox\pgfexternal@startupbox=\vbox{\csname @begindvi\endcsname\unvbox255}}%
+ \hbox{}\eject%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ }
+}%
+
+\pgfutil@ifundefined{AtEndDocument}{}{%
+ \AtEndDocument{%
+ \ifpgf@external@grabshipout
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgfexternal@did@a@shipout}{%
+ \pgfexternal@error@no@shipout
+ }{}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+
+% This will be overwritten by the tikz external lib if it is loaded.
+\def\pgfexternal@error@no@shipout{%
+ \pgferror{Sorry, image externalization failed: the resulting image was EMPTY. I tried to externalize '\pgfactualjobname'. Perhaps there was a typo somewhere? Please check that your document contains '\string\beginpgfgraphicnamed{\pgfactualjobname} ... \string\endpgfgraphicnamed'}%
+}%
+
+
+% "Environment" for an external graphic.
+%
+% #1 = graphic name
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \beginpgfgraphicnamed{main-graphic2}
+% \begin{tikzpicture}
+% ...
+% \end{tikzpicture}
+% \endpgfgraphicnamed
+
+\def\pgf@externalbegin#1{%
+ % First, check whether we wish to grab this graphic:
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@external@normal%
+ \ifpgf@external@grabshipout%
+ \edef\pgf@tempa{\expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname}%
+ \edef\pgf@tempb{\expandafter\string\csname\pgfactualjobname\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\pgf@tempa\pgf@tempb%
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@external@grab%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next{#1}%
+}
+
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+ \let\beginpgfgraphicnamed=\pgf@externalbegin% overwrite definition of pgfexternal.tex if necessary
+ \let\endpgfgraphicnamed=\unskip
+}
+
+
+% Normal operation: Include an external graphic instead of the
+% picture, if such an external picture exists.
+\def\pgf@external@normal#1{%
+ \let\pgf@filename=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \expandafter\pgf@findfile\pgfsys@imagesuffixlist:+{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@filename\pgfutil@empty%
+ % Ok, no such image... Just typeset the picture normally.
+ \let\pgf@next=\relax%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@replacepicturebygraphic%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next%
+}
+
+\long\def\pgf@replacepicturebygraphic#1\endpgfgraphicnamed{%
+ \expandafter\pgfincludeexternalgraphics\expandafter{\pgf@filename}\unskip
+}
+
+% This is almost the same as \includegraphics{#1}, but it checks
+% whether '#1.dpth' exists. In such case, it restores the boxes depth
+% stored in #1.dpth.
+%
+% Furthermore, the .dpth file may contain .aux related information
+% collected for the external graphics (references). They start after
+% the first line (if any).
+\def\pgfincludeexternalgraphics#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \pgfexternalreaddpth{#1}%
+ \pgfkeysifdefined{/pgf/images/include external/#1/.@cmd}{%
+ \pgfkeysgetvalue{/pgf/images/include external/#1/.@cmd}\pgf@tempa
+ \pgfkeyslet{/pgf/images/include external/.@cmd}\pgf@tempa
+ }{}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/images/include external/.@cmd}{#1}\pgfeov}%
+ \ifdim\pgfexternaltrimleft=0sp \else \kern\pgfexternaltrimleft\relax \fi
+ \ifdim\pgfexternaldepth=0pt
+ \box1
+ \else
+ \dimen0=\pgfexternaldepth\relax
+ \hbox{\lower\dimen0 \box1 }%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\pgfexternaltrimright=0sp \else \kern\pgfexternaltrimright\relax \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Reads the .dpth file which contains meta data of the external
+% picture.
+%
+% This command handles the following stuff:
+% - it defines \pgfexternaldepth . The macro contains the contents of
+% a line which does not start with a control sequence (for example a
+% line containing '50pt')
+% - it defines \pgfexternaltrimleft and \pgfexternaltrimright
+% - it checks if the .dpth file contains content stored by means of
+% \pgfexternalstorecommand. If so, the argument of
+% \pgfexternalstorecommand will be restored.
+% - anything else will be appended to the main .aux file, assuming that
+% it contains \label or \ref information (only if the LaTeX switch
+% \if@filesw is \iftrue).
+%
+%
+% #1: the image file name (such that #1.dpth exists)
+\def\pgfexternalreaddpth#1{%
+ % no \begingroup. Handle that manually:
+ \edef\pgfexternalreaddpth@restore{%
+ \noexpand\endlinechar=\the\endlinechar\space
+ \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\@=\the\catcode`\@\space
+ }%
+ %
+ \def\pgfexternaldepth{0sp}%
+ \def\pgfexternaltrimleft{0sp}%
+ \def\pgfexternaltrimright{0sp}%
+ \endlinechar=-1 % suppress white space at end
+ \catcode`\@=11
+ \openin\r@pgf@reada=#1.dpth
+ \pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth
+ %
+ \pgfexternalreaddpth@restore
+}%
+%
+% The .dpth consists of 0-N lines, where each is either a single
+% dimension (the box' depth) or something which belongs to the .aux
+% file (such lines will always start with a macro).
+\def\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth{%
+ \ifeof\r@pgf@reada
+ \closein\r@pgf@reada
+ \else
+ \read\r@pgf@reada to\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@auxline
+ \ifx\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@auxline\pgfutil@empty
+ \else
+ \expandafter\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@auxline\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line@EOI
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth
+ \fi
+}%
+
+\def\pgfexternal@restore#1{#1}%
+
+\long\def\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line@getfirst#1#2\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line@EOI{%
+ \def\pgf@first{#1}%
+}%
+\long\def\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line#1\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line@EOI{%
+ \pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line@getfirst#1\pgfincludeexternalgraphics@read@dpth@line@EOI
+ \expandafter\ifcat\expandafter\noexpand\pgf@first\relax
+ % Ah -- the first token is a control sequence. It belongs to
+ % the .aux file.
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\pgf@first\pgfexternal@restore
+ % if the first line in the .dpth file starts with the
+ % magic string \pgfexternal@restore, the complete line
+ % will be executed as-is. Example:
+ % \pgfexternal@restore{\def\somevalue{1}}
+ #1%
+ \else
+ % do NOT execute #1! many LaTeX commands don't support it (\label for example)
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{if@filesw}{%
+ % sorry, .aux file support only for latex
+ }{%
+ % append to main .aux file (for forward references)
+ \if@filesw
+ {%
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ % believe it or not, but the
+ % \def\dpthimport{...}\dpthimport *makes* a
+ % difference! In ensures any occurring `##' characters are properly expanded to `#'.
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\dpthimport{\the\toks0}\noexpand\dpthimport}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \else% it is the depth (which is simply a number for backwards compatibility)
+ \def\pgfexternaldepth{#1}%
+ \fi
+}%
+
+% Stores '#1' (expanded!) into the .dpth file of the currently
+% exported image.
+%
+% This command has only an effect if an image is being exported.
+%
+% The stored contents will be read in the context where
+% /pgf/images/include external is active (i.e. by
+% \pgfexternalreaddpth).
+%
+\def\pgfexternalstorecommand#1{%
+}%
+\def\pgfexternalstorecommand@isexporting#1{%
+ \immediate\write\w@pgfexternal@auxout{\noexpand\pgfexternal@restore{#1}}%
+}%
+
+
+
+% Grab operation: If jobname matches the graphic name, typeset this
+% picture normal.
+% REMARK:
+% this method is also invoked from within the tikz external library.
+\def\pgf@external@grab#1{%
+ \def\pgf@filename{#1}%
+ \ifpgfexternal@aux@in@dpth
+ \begingroup
+ \pgf@external@init@aux@in@dpth
+ \let\G@refundefinedtrue=\pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue
+ \fi
+ \gdef\pgf@trimleft@final{0sp}%
+ \gdef\pgf@trimright@final{0sp}%
+ \setbox\pgfpic=\hbox\bgroup\bgroup%
+ \let\endpgfgraphicnamed=\pgf@externalend%
+}
+
+{\catcode`\^=12 \gdef\pgfexternal@hat{^}}
+
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue@orig\csname G@refundefinedtrue\endcsname
+
+\def\pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue{%
+ \pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue@orig
+ \begingroup
+ \def\n{\pgfexternal@hat\pgfexternal@hat J}%
+ \pgfexternalstorecommand{%
+ \pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue@code
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write16{\pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue@warning}%
+ \noexpand\G@refundefinedtrue
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+}%
+
+% A hook. will be overwritten by \usetikzlibrary{external}
+\def\pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue@code{}
+
+\def\pgf@external@grab@refundefinedtrue@warning{%
+ LaTeX Warning: External picture `\pgfactualjobname' contains undefined references\noexpand\on@line.\n
+}%
+
+\let\pgf@external@@protected@write@orig=\protected@write
+\long\def\pgf@external@@protected@write@immediate#1#2#3{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\pgf@write@=\write
+ \def\write{\noexpand\immediate\pgf@write@}%
+ \pgf@external@@protected@write@orig{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}%
+
+\def\pgf@external@init@aux@in@dpth{%
+ \let\pgfexternalstorecommand=\pgfexternalstorecommand@isexporting
+ %
+ % tell LaTeX to write aux files...
+ \csname @fileswtrue\endcsname
+ % ... but redirect output to the .dpth file!
+ \immediate\openout\w@pgfexternal@auxout=\pgf@filename.dpth
+ \let\@auxout=\w@pgfexternal@auxout
+ % ... and disable the correct page numbers. I can't get that
+ % (because the correct page number is only available in the
+ % shipout routine). Use immediate output:
+ \let\protected@write=\pgf@external@@protected@write@immediate
+}%
+
+\def\pgf@externalend@storeshifts#1{%
+ \immediate\write#1{\the\dp\pgfpic}% store the depth simply as number for backw. compat.
+ \ifx\pgf@trimleft@final\pgfutil@empty\else
+ \immediate\write#1{\noexpand\pgfexternal@restore{\noexpand\def\noexpand\pgfexternaltrimleft{\pgf@trimleft@final}}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pgf@trimright@final\pgfutil@empty\else
+ \immediate\write#1{\noexpand\pgfexternal@restore{\noexpand\def\noexpand\pgfexternaltrimright{\pgf@trimright@final}}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifpgfexternal@info
+ \immediate\write#1{\noexpand\pgfexternal@restore{\noexpand\def\noexpand\pgfexternalwidth{\the\wd\pgfpic}}}%
+ \immediate\write#1{\noexpand\pgfexternal@restore{\noexpand\def\noexpand\pgfexternalheight{\the\dimen0}}}%
+ \fi
+}
+% REMARK:
+% this method is also invoked from within the tikz external library.
+\def\pgf@externalend{%
+ \unskip\egroup\egroup%
+ {%
+ \def\pgf@external@trim{0}%
+ \def\pgf@external@store@dpth{0}%
+ %
+ \ifpgf@trim@lowlevel
+ \gdef\pgf@trimleft@final{}%
+ \gdef\pgf@trimright@final{}%
+ \else
+ \ifdim\pgf@trimleft@final=0sp \gdef\pgf@trimleft@final{} \else\def\pgf@external@trim{1}\fi
+ \ifdim\pgf@trimright@final=0sp \gdef\pgf@trimright@final{} \else\def\pgf@external@trim{1}\fi
+ \if1\pgf@external@trim
+ % UNDO the trimming! export to pdf doesn't supported trimmed
+ % bounding boxes (has to do with the mediabox/trimbox etc).
+ % I'll keep the bounding box intact and store the trim information
+ % into the .dpth file.
+ \setbox\pgfpic=\hbox{%
+ \ifx\pgf@trimleft@final\pgfutil@empty\else\kern-\pgf@trimleft@final\fi
+ \box\pgfpic
+ \ifx\pgf@trimright@final\pgfutil@empty\else\kern-\pgf@trimright@final\fi
+ }%
+ \def\pgf@external@store@dpth{1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \parindent0pt % leave the space
+% \leftmargin0pt%
+% \rightmargin0pt%
+ \hoffset=0pt % reset to default
+ \voffset=0pt
+ \dimen0\ht\pgfpic%
+ \advance\dimen0\dp\pgfpic%
+ \ifdim\dp\pgfpic=0pt\relax
+ \else% store the picture's depth. Otherwise, it would be lost.
+ \def\pgf@external@store@dpth{1}%
+ \fi
+ \ifpgfexternal@info
+ \def\pgf@external@store@dpth{1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \if1\pgf@external@store@dpth
+ \ifpgfexternal@aux@in@dpth
+ \pgf@externalend@storeshifts\@auxout
+ \immediate\closeout\@auxout
+ \else
+ \immediate\openout\pgf@plotwrite=\pgf@filename.dpth
+ \pgf@externalend@storeshifts\pgf@plotwrite
+ \immediate\closeout\pgf@plotwrite
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pgfsys@prepare@papersize{\the\wd\pgfpic}{\the\dimen0}%
+ %
+ \setbox0=\vbox{%
+ % I admit that I don't know why there is this kerning:
+ \kern -\pgf@external@kern@top\relax%
+ \hbox{%
+ \kern -\pgf@external@kern@left\relax%
+ \hbox to0pt{%
+ \wd\pgfexternal@startupbox=0pt %
+ \ht\pgfexternal@startupbox=0pt %
+ \dp\pgfexternal@startupbox=0pt %
+ \box\pgfexternal@startupbox%
+ \pgfsys@atbegindocument\hss}%
+ \box\pgfpic%
+ \kern\pgf@external@kern@right\relax%
+ }%
+ \kern\pgf@external@kern@bottom\relax%
+ }%
+ %
+ % compatibility with eso-pic package: \nointerlineskip is not
+ % allowed here, but the eso-pic package uses \nointerlineskip in
+ % its shipout routine.
+ \let\pgfexternal@nointerlineskip@orig=\nointerlineskip
+ \let\nointerlineskip=\pgfexternal@nointerlineskip
+ %
+ \pgfexternal@originalshipout\box0 %
+ \gdef\pgfexternal@did@a@shipout{1}%
+ }%
+ \ifpgfexternal@aux@in@dpth
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\pgfexternal@nointerlineskip{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \pgfexternal@nointerlineskip@orig
+ \else
+ \relax% \nointerlineskip in horizontal mode not allowed. Silently ignore the error message.
+ \fi
+}%
+
+\endinput
+% vi: tabstop=4 shiftwidth=2 expandtab
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7783dcd98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex}
+
+% Globals
+
+\newdimen\pgflinewidth
+
+
+% Set the line width to #1.
+%
+% #1 = new line width.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetlinewidth{3pt}
+
+\def\pgfsetlinewidth#1{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgflinewidth{#1}%
+ \global\pgflinewidth=\pgflinewidth%
+ \pgfsys@setlinewidth{\the\pgflinewidth}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set the inner line width to #1.
+%
+% #1 = new inner line width.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The inner line width is the width of a second line that is drawn on
+% top of the main stroked line. If the inner line width is 0pt, no
+% inner line is drawn. The main use of inner lines is for creating
+% "double" lines.
+%
+% Inner lines are not drawn when a path is used for clipping.
+%
+% The inner line width is local to the current TeX group, it is not
+% part of the graphic state.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetinnerlinewidth{1pt}
+
+\def\pgfsetinnerlinewidth#1{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgfinnerlinewidth{\the\pgf@x}%
+}
+\def\pgfinnerlinewidth{0pt}
+
+
+% Set the inner line color to #1.
+%
+% #1 = color for the inner line
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetinnerlinecolor{green} % yikes!
+
+\def\pgfsetinnerstrokecolor#1{\def\pgfinnerstrokecolor{#1}}
+\def\pgfinnerstrokecolor{white}
+
+
+% Set the miter limit to #1.
+%
+% #1 = new miter limit factor.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetmiterlimit{3}
+
+\def\pgfsetmiterlimit#1{%
+ \ifdim#1pt<1pt\pgferror{miter limit cannot be less than 1}\fi%
+ \pgfsys@setmiterlimit{#1}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set the dash pattern to #1 with phase #2/
+%
+% #1 = a row of numbers of length of ``on'' and ``off'' points.
+% #2 = a phase
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetdash{} {0pt} % solid line
+% \pgfsetdash{{.1cm}} {0pt} % long dashes
+% \pgfsetdash{{1pt}{1ex}}{0pt} % dotted
+
+\def\pgfsetdash#1#2{%
+ \def\pgf@temp{}%
+ \def\pgf@next{\pgf@strip}%
+ \pgf@strip#1{pgf@stop}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#2}%
+ \pgfsys@setdash{\pgf@temp}{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+\def\pgf@strip#1{%
+ \def\pgf@@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@@temp\pgf@stop%
+ \let\pgf@next=\relax%
+ \else%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \else%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{\pgf@temp,\the\pgf@x}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi\pgf@next}
+
+\def\pgf@stop{pgf@stop}
+
+
+% Set color of strokes. This will overrule the normal color.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetstrokecolor{red}
+
+\def\pgfsetstrokecolor#1{%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgfstrokecolor}{#1}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{pgfstrokecolor}}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\csname\string\color@pgfstrokecolor\endcsname
+ % for arrow tips:
+ \global\let\pgf@strokecolor@global=\pgf@temp
+ \expandafter\pgf@setstrokecolor\pgf@temp%
+}
+\def\pgf@setstrokecolor#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgfsys@color@#4@stroke\endcsname\relax%
+ \pgferror{Unsupported color model `#4'. Sorry}%
+ \else%
+ \edef\pgf@colmarshal{\expandafter\noexpand\csname pgfsys@color@#4@stroke\endcsname}%
+ \pgf@uncomma#5,,%
+ \pgf@colmarshal%
+ \fi}
+
+\def\pgf@uncomma#1,{%
+ \def\pgf@coltest{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@coltest\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@colnext=\relax%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@colmarshal\expandafter{\pgf@colmarshal{#1}}%
+ \let\pgf@colnext=\pgf@uncomma%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@colnext%
+}
+
+
+% Set color of fills. This will overrule the normal color.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetfillcolor{gray}
+
+\def\pgfsetfillcolor#1{%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgffillcolor}{#1}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{pgffillcolor}}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\csname\string\color@pgffillcolor\endcsname
+ % for arrow tips:
+ \global\let\pgf@fillcolor@global=\pgf@temp
+ \expandafter\pgf@setfillcolor\pgf@temp
+}
+\def\pgf@setfillcolor#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgfsys@color@#4@fill\endcsname\relax%
+ \pgferror{Unsupported color model `#4'. Sorry}%
+ \else%
+ \edef\pgf@colmarshal{\expandafter\noexpand\csname pgfsys@color@#4@fill\endcsname}%
+ \pgf@uncomma#5,,%
+ \pgf@colmarshal%
+ \fi}
+
+
+
+% Sets both the stroke and fill color.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetcolor{blue}
+
+\def\pgfsetcolor#1{%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgfstrokecolor}{#1}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{pgfstrokecolor}}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\csname\string\color@pgfstrokecolor\endcsname
+ % for arrow tips:
+ \global\let\pgf@strokecolor@global=\pgf@temp
+ \global\let\pgf@fillcolor@global=\pgf@temp
+ \expandafter\pgf@setcolor\pgf@temp%
+}
+\def\pgf@setcolor#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgfsys@color@#4\endcsname\relax%
+ \pgferror{Unsupported color model `#4'. Sorry}%
+ \else%
+ \edef\pgf@colmarshal{\expandafter\noexpand\csname pgfsys@color@#4\endcsname}%
+ \pgf@uncomma#5,,%
+ \pgf@colmarshal%
+ \fi}
+
+% Code for ensuring the stroke/fill colors are correctly reset.
+\def\XC@bcolor{\pgfsys@color@reset}
+
+% Set a butt line cap.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetbuttcap
+
+\def\pgfsetbuttcap{\pgfsys@buttcap\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set a round line cap.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetroundcap
+
+\def\pgfsetroundcap{\pgfsys@roundcap\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set a rectangular line cap.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetrectcap
+
+\def\pgfsetrectcap{\pgfsys@rectcap\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set a miter line join.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetmiterjoin
+
+\def\pgfsetmiterjoin{\pgfsys@miterjoin\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set a bevel line join.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetbeveljoin
+
+\def\pgfsetbeveljoin{\pgfsys@beveljoin\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set a round line join.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetroundjoin
+
+\def\pgfsetroundjoin{\pgfsys@roundjoin\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Sets the even-odd rule for filling and clipping.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfseteorule
+
+\def\pgfseteorule{\pgfsys@eoruletrue\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Sets the non-zero winding number rule for filling and clipping.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetnonzerorule
+
+\def\pgfsetnonzerorule{\pgfsys@eorulefalse\ignorespaces}
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd1c0c48db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcoreimage.code.tex}
+
+
+
+% Declare an image
+%
+% #1 = optional argument: width, height, page specification
+% #2 = name of the image for later use
+% #4 = filename without extension, automatic extensions are .pdf,
+% .jpg, and .png for PDF and .ps, .eps, .epsi for postscript.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command declares an image file for later use. Even if the image
+% is used several times in the document, in PDF it will only be stored
+% once.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclareimage[width=2cm,page=2]{myimage}{imagefilename}
+
+\def\pgfdeclareimage{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@declareimage}{\pgf@declareimage[]}}
+\def\pgf@declareimage[#1]#2#3{%
+ \pgfqkeys{/pgf/images}{height=,width=,page=,interpolate=false,mask=,#1}%
+ % Try to find the file
+ \gdef\pgf@filename{}%
+ % If page= parameter is not empty, try that file first:
+ \ifx\pgf@imagepage\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\pgf@findfile\pgfsys@imagesuffixlist:+{#3.page\pgf@imagepage}%
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@filename\pgfutil@empty%
+ \expandafter\pgf@findfile\pgfsys@imagesuffixlist:+{#3}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/images/page=}% make page empty
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@filename\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfwarning%
+ {File "#3" not found when defining image "#2".
+ Tried all extensions in "\pgfsys@imagesuffixlist"}%
+ \pgf@declaredraftimage{#2}{#3}%
+ \else%
+ \ifpgf@draftmode%
+ \pgf@declaredraftimage{#2}{#3}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsys@defineimage%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@image@#2!\endcsname=\pgf@image%
+}
+
+
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/images/draft/.is if=pgf@draftmode,
+ /pgf/images/draft/.default=true}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/width/.estore in=\pgf@imagewidth}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/height/.estore in=\pgf@imageheight}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/page/.estore in=\pgf@imagepage}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/interpolate/.cd,.code=\edef\pgf@imageinterpolate{#1},.default=true}
+\let\pgf@imageinterpolate\pgfutil@empty
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/mask/.code=%
+ {%
+ \edef\pgf@imagemask{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@imagemask\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@mask@#1}%
+ {\pgferror{Undefined mask "#1".}%
+ \edef\pgf@imagemask{}}%
+ {\edef\pgf@imagemask{\csname pgf@mask@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ }}
+
+
+\def\pgf@findfile#1:#2+#3{%
+ \pgfutil@IfFileExists{#3#1}%
+ {\xdef\pgf@filename{#3#1}}%
+ {\def\pgf@mightbeempty{#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@mightbeempty\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \pgf@findfile#2+{#3}%
+ \fi}}
+
+% #1: image name
+% #2: file name
+\def\pgf@declaredraftimage#1#2{%
+ \ifx\pgf@imagewidth\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfwarning{Missing width for image "#1" ("#2") in draft mode. Using 1cm instead}%
+ \edef\pgf@imagewidth{1cm}%
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@imageheight\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfwarning{Missing height for image "#1" ("#2") in draft mode. Using 1cm instead}%
+ \edef\pgf@imageheight{1cm}%
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@imagepage\pgfutil@empty\else\edef\pgf@imagepagetext{ page \pgf@imagepage}\fi%
+ \edef\pgf@image{%
+ \hbox to \pgf@imagewidth{%
+ \vrule\kern-0.4pt%
+ \vbox to \pgf@imageheight{%
+ \hrule\vfil%
+ \hbox to \pgf@imagewidth{\hskip-10cm\hfil\noexpand\pgfutil@font@tiny#2\pgf@imagepage\hfil\hskip-10cm}%
+ \vfil\hrule}%
+ \kern-0.4pt\vrule}%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+% Declare a soft mask
+%
+% #1 = optional argument: matte specification. default matte is
+% white.
+% #2 = name of the mask for later use
+% #3 = filename without extension, automatic extensions are .pdf,
+% .jpg, and .png for PDF. Postscript is not supported.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command declares a soft mask for later masking an image. The
+% declared mask should be used together with an image of exactly the
+% same height/width if matte is defined. Matte should be the
+% preblended background color (see pdf spec for details).
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclaremask[matte=white]{maskname}{maskfilename}
+% \pgfdeclareimage[mask=maskname]{image}{imagefilename}
+
+\def\pgfdeclaremask{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[\pgf@declaremask{\pgf@declaremask[]}}
+\def\pgf@declaremask[#1]#2#3{%
+ \pgfqkeys{/pgf/images/mask}{matte={1 1 1},#1}% defaults
+ \def\pgf@mask{}%
+ % Try to find the file
+ \gdef\pgf@filename{}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@findfile\pgfsys@imagesuffixlist:+{#3}%
+ \ifx\pgf@filename\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfwarning%
+ {File "#3" not found when defining mask "#2".
+ Tried all extensions in "\pgfsys@imagesuffixlist"}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsys@definemask%
+ \fi%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@mask@#2\endcsname=\pgf@mask%
+}
+
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/mask/matte/.cd,.estore in=\pgf@maskmatte,.value required}
+
+
+
+% Create an alias name for an image
+%
+% #1 = name of the alias
+% #2 = name of the original
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclareimage{image}{1cm}{1cm}{filename
+% \pgfaliasimage{alias}{image}
+% \pgfuseimage{alias}
+
+\def\pgfaliasimage#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\expandafter=\csname pgf@image@#2!\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@image@#1!\endcsname=\pgf@temp%
+ }
+
+
+% Use an image
+%
+% #1 = name of a previously declared image
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfputat{\pgforigin}{\pgfbox[left,base]{\pgfuseimage{myimage}}}
+
+\def\pgfuseimage#1{%
+ \def\pgf@imagename{pgf@image@#1}%
+ \pgf@tryextensions{\pgf@imagename}{\pgfalternateextension}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@ifundefined\expandafter{\pgf@imagename}%
+ {\pgferror{Undefined image "#1"}}%
+ {{\leavevmode\csname\pgf@imagename\endcsname}}}
+
+\def\pgf@tryextensions#1#2{%
+ \edef\pgf@args{[#2!]}\expandafter\pgf@@tryextensions\pgf@args{#1}}
+\def\pgf@@tryextensions[#1!#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@ifundefined\expandafter{#3#1!#2}%
+ {\def\pgf@temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty%
+ \edef#3{#3!}%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@@tryextensions[#2]{#3}%
+ \fi}%
+ {\edef#3{#3#1!#2}}}
+
+
+% Alternate image
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% When an image is used, pgf first attempts to use the image with the
+% alternate extension added. If this fails, the original image is
+% used. If the alternate extension contains ``!'', then the text up to
+% the ! is successively removed and the remainder is tried as an
+% alternate extension.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \def\pgfalternateextension{20!white}
+
+\def\pgfalternateextension{}
+
+
+
+% Directly insert an image
+%
+% #1 = optional argument: width, height, page specification
+% #2 = file name
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Directly inserts an image without declaration. You can, however,
+% still access this image using the name pgflastimage. By using
+% pgfaliasimage, you can also save this image for later.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfimage[height=2cm]{filename}
+
+\def\pgfimage{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[\pgf@imagecom{\pgf@imagecom[]}}
+\def\pgf@imagecom[#1]#2{%
+ \pgfdeclareimage[#1]{pgflastimage}{#2}%
+ \pgfuseimage{pgflastimage}}
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..158f33d6ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorelayers.code.tex}
+
+
+% Creates a new pgf layer
+%
+% #1 = layer name
+%
+% Declares a new layer for pgf.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclarelayer{background}
+
+\def\pgfdeclarelayer#1{%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@layerbox@#1}{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\csname pgf@newbox\endcsname\csname pgf@layerbox@#1\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\csname pgf@newbox\endcsname\csname pgf@layerboxsaved@#1\endcsname%
+ }{}%
+}
+\let\pgf@newbox=\newbox % avoid plain TeX outer problem
+
+% Sets the layers that compose the picture
+%
+% #1 = List of layers
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Sets the list of layers that make up the picture. The layers will be
+% put on top of each other in the order given.
+%
+% This command can also be given inside of a picture in which case it
+% applies only to that very picture.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetlayers{background,main}
+
+\def\pgfsetlayers#1{%
+ \let\pgf@layerlist\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgf@dosetlayer#1,,\relax%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@dosetlayer#1,#2,\relax{%
+ \ifx\pgf@layerlist\pgfutil@empty%
+ \edef\pgf@layerlist{\pgfutil@trimspaces{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \edef\pgf@layerlist{\pgf@layerlist,\pgfutil@trimspaces{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \def\pgf@test{#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@dosetlayer#2,\relax%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\pgfsetlayers{main}
+
+% Adds code to a layer
+%
+% #1 = layer name
+%
+% Note:
+%
+% You cannot add anything to the ``main'' layer using this command.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \begin{pgfonlayer}{background}
+% \fill[red] (0,0) -- (1,1);
+% \end{pgfonlayer}
+
+\def\pgfonlayer@name{main}
+
+\def\pgfonlayer#1{%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@layerbox@#1}{%
+ \pgferror{Sorry, the requested layer '#1' could not be found. Maybe you misspelled it?}%
+ \bgroup
+ \begingroup
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfonlayer@name
+ % we are already on this layer.
+ \def\pgf@temp{%
+ \bgroup
+ \begingroup
+ }%
+ \else
+ \let\pgfonlayer@name=\pgf@temp
+ \pgfonlayer@assert@is@active
+ \def\pgf@temp{%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter%
+ \setbox\csname pgf@layerbox@#1\endcsname=\hbox to 0pt%
+ \bgroup%
+ \expandafter\box\csname pgf@layerbox@#1\endcsname%
+ \begingroup%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \pgfsetlinewidth{0.4pt}% always reset the line width
+ \pgf@temp
+ }%
+}
+\def\endpgfonlayer{%
+ \endgroup%
+ \hss
+ \egroup%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\let\startpgfonlayer=\pgfonlayer
+\let\stoppgfonlayer=\endpgfonlayer
+
+\def\pgfdiscardlayername{discard}
+
+\def\pgfonlayer@assert@is@active{%
+ \ifx\pgfonlayer@name\pgfdiscardlayername
+ % this special layer name can be used as /dev/null without
+ % warning.
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \def\pgfonlayer@isactive{0}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@assert@layer@is@active@loop\pgf@layerlist,,\relax%
+ \if0\pgfonlayer@isactive
+ \pgfonlayer@assert@fail
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}%
+\def\pgfonlayer@assert@fail{%
+ \pgferror{Sorry, the requested layer '\pgfonlayer@name' is not
+ part of the layer list. Please verify that you provided
+ \string\pgfsetlayers\space and that '\pgfonlayer@name' is part of this list}%
+}%
+\def\pgf@assert@layer@is@active@loop#1,#2,\relax{%
+ \edef\pgf@test{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgfonlayer@name
+ \def\pgfonlayer@isactive{1}%
+ \else
+ \def\pgf@test{#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@assert@layer@is@active@loop#2,\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Hooks into the scoping:
+
+\def\pgf@insertlayers{%
+ \expandafter\pgf@dolayer\pgf@layerlist,,\relax%
+}
+\def\pgf@maintext{main}%
+\def\pgf@dolayer#1,#2,\relax{%
+ \def\pgf@test{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgf@maintext%
+ \box\pgf@layerbox@main%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsys@beginscope%
+ \expandafter\box\csname pgf@layerbox@#1\endcsname%
+ \pgfsys@endscope%
+ \fi%
+ \def\pgf@test{#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@dolayer#2,\relax%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@savelayers{%
+ \expandafter\pgf@dosavelayer\pgf@layerlist,,\relax%
+}
+\def\pgf@dosavelayer#1,#2,\relax{%
+ \def\pgf@test{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgf@maintext%
+ \else%
+ \setbox\csname pgf@layerboxsaved@#1\endcsname=\box\csname pgf@layerbox@#1\endcsname%
+ \fi%
+ \def\pgf@test{#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@dosavelayer#2,\relax%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@restorelayers{%
+ \expandafter\pgf@dorestorelayer\pgf@layerlist,,\relax%
+}
+\def\pgf@dorestorelayer#1,#2,\relax{%
+ \def\pgf@test{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgf@maintext%
+ \else%
+ \global\setbox\csname pgf@layerbox@#1\endcsname=\box\csname pgf@layerboxsaved@#1\endcsname%
+ \fi%
+ \def\pgf@test{#2}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@dorestorelayer#2,\relax%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6906a9d987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcoreobjects.code.tex}
+
+
+% Object reuse
+
+
+% Define a pgf object for reuse. Such objects will be stored
+% efficiently internally.
+%
+% #1 = name for later reuse
+% #2 = lower left corner point of bounding box
+% #3 = upper right left corner point of bounding box
+% #4 = pure pgf code (nothing too fancy!)
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Used to define reusable objects. The object must be composed of
+% basic pgf graphic primitives. Nothing fancy can be used. The
+% created object will be stored as an xform object in pdf or as a
+% postscript procedure in postscript.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdefobject{myrect}{\pgfpoint{-1pt}{-1pt}}{\pgfpoint{11pt}{11pt}}
+% {\pgfpathqmoveto{0pt}{0pt}
+% \pgfpathqmoveto{10pt}{0pt}
+% \pgfpathqmoveto{10pt}{10pt}
+% \pgfpathqmoveto{0pt}{10pt}
+% \pgfpathclose
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}}
+%
+% \begin{pgfpicture}{0cm}{0cm}{1cm}{1cm}
+% \pgfuseobject{myrect}
+% \end{pgfpicture}
+
+\def\pgfdefobject#1#2#3#4{%
+ \pgfinterruptpath%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+ \pgfsys@defobject{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \endpgfinterruptpath%
+ \ignorespaces%
+}
+
+
+% Use an object that was previously defined using pgfdefobject
+%
+% #1 = name of previously defined object
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdefobject{myrect}{\pgfpoint{-1pt}{-1pt}}{\pgfpoint{11pt}{11pt}}
+% {\pgfqmoveto{0}{0}
+% \pgfqmoveto{10}{0}
+% \pgfqmoveto{10}{10}
+% \pgfqmoveto{0}{10}
+% \pgfclosestroke}
+%
+% \begin{pgfpicture}{0cm}{0cm}{1cm}{1cm}
+% \pgfuseobject{myrect}
+% \end{pgfpicture}
+
+\def\pgfuseobject#1{\pgfsys@beginscope\pgfsys@useobject{#1}{}\pgfsys@endscope}
+
+
+% Use an object that was previously defined using pgfdefobject, but
+% magnify the object by the current x and y register values
+%
+% #1 = name of previously defined object
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdefobject{myrect}{\pgfpoint{-1pt}{-1pt}}{\pgfpoint{11pt}{11pt}}
+% {\pgfqmoveto{0}{0}
+% \pgfqmoveto{10}{0}
+% \pgfqmoveto{10}{10}
+% \pgfqmoveto{0}{10}
+% \pgfclosestroke}
+%
+% \begin{pgfpicture}{0cm}{0cm}{1cm}{1cm}
+% \pgf@x=2pt% Scale by factor two in x-direction
+% \pgf@y=2pt% Scale by factor two in y-direction
+% \pgfuseobjectmagnify{myrect}
+% \end{pgfpicture}
+
+\def\pgfuseobjectmagnify#1{%
+ \pgfsys@beginscope%
+ \pgfsys@useobject{#1}{\pgfsys@transformxyscale{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@y}}}%
+ \pgfsys@endscope%
+}
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cafc532938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1477 @@
+% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex}
+
+
+\newdimen\pgf@path@lastx
+\newdimen\pgf@path@lasty
+
+\let\pgfgetpath=\pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath
+\let\pgfsetpath=\pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath
+
+
+
+% Replace corners by arcs.
+%
+% #1 = in-size of arc
+% #2 = out-size of arc
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command influences path construction command like
+% \pgfpathlineto or \pgfpatharc. It will cause the corners at the end
+% of these commands to be replaced by little arcs. If the
+% corner is a 90 degrees corner and if #1=#2, a quarter-circle of
+% radius #1 is put in place of the corner. If #1 and #2 are different,
+% the quarter circle will instead by a quarter ellipse. If the angle
+% is different from 90 degrees, a deformed quarter circle will
+% result, which may or may not be desirable. For a ``perfect'' arc you
+% must use the \pgfpatharc command.
+%
+%
+% Example: One rounded corner.
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointxy{0}{0}}
+% \pgfsetcornersarced{4pt}{4pt}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}
+% \pgfstroke
+%
+% Example: A rounded rectangle
+%
+% \pgfsetcornersarced{4pt}{4pt}
+% \pgfpathrectangle{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfstroke
+%
+% Example: A rounded triangles
+%
+% \pgfsetcornersarced{4pt}{4pt}
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfpathclose
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\newif\ifpgf@arccorners
+
+\def\pgfsetcornersarced#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@corner@arc{{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \pgf@arccornerstrue%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x=0pt%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y=0pt\relax%
+ \pgf@arccornersfalse%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@roundcornerifneeded{%
+ \ifpgf@arccorners\expandafter\pgfsyssoftpath@specialround\pgf@corner@arc\fi%
+}
+
+
+
+% The following protocol the passed sizes and all the corresponding
+% softpath commands. The nonlinear transformation (nlt) module
+% overwrites these commands.
+
+\def\pgf@lt@moveto#1#2{%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{#1}{#2}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{\the#1}{\the#2}%
+}
+\def\pgf@lt@lineto#1#2{%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{#1}{#2}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{\the#1}{\the#2}%
+}
+\def\pgf@lt@curveto#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{#1}{#2}%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{#3}{#4}%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{#5}{#6}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{\the#1}{\the#2}{\the#3}{\the#4}{\the#5}{\the#6}%
+}
+
+\let\pgf@lt@closepath\pgfsyssoftpath@closepath
+
+\let\pgf@nlt@moveto\pgf@lt@moveto
+\let\pgf@nlt@lineto\pgf@lt@lineto
+\let\pgf@nlt@curveto\pgf@lt@curveto
+\let\pgf@nlt@closepath\pgf@lt@closepath
+
+\let\pgf@nlt@list\pgfutil@empty % If non-empty, the nlt module is active
+
+
+% Move current point to #1.
+%
+% #1 = new current point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfxy(0,0)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(0,1)}
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathmoveto#1{%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#1}%
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \global\pgf@path@lastx=\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@path@lasty=\pgf@y%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@protocolsizes#1#2{%
+ \ifpgf@relevantforpicturesize%
+ \ifdim#1<\pgf@picminx\global\pgf@picminx#1\fi%
+ \ifdim#1>\pgf@picmaxx\global\pgf@picmaxx#1\fi%
+ \ifdim#2<\pgf@picminy\global\pgf@picminy#2\fi%
+ \ifdim#2>\pgf@picmaxy\global\pgf@picmaxy#2\fi%
+ \ifpgf@size@hooked%
+ \let\pgf@size@hook@x#1\let\pgf@size@hook@y#2\pgf@path@size@hook%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim#1<\pgf@pathminx\global\pgf@pathminx#1\fi%
+ \ifdim#1>\pgf@pathmaxx\global\pgf@pathmaxx#1\fi%
+ \ifdim#2<\pgf@pathminy\global\pgf@pathminy#2\fi%
+ \ifdim#2>\pgf@pathmaxy\global\pgf@pathmaxy#2\fi%
+}
+\newif\ifpgf@size@hooked
+\let\pgf@path@size@hook=\pgfutil@empty%
+
+\def\pgf@resetpathsizes{%
+ \global\pgf@pathmaxx=-16000pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@pathminx=16000pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@pathmaxy=-16000pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@pathminy=16000pt\relax%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@getpathsizes#1{%
+ \edef#1{{\the\pgf@pathmaxx}{\the\pgf@pathminx}{\the\pgf@pathmaxy}{\the\pgf@pathminy}}%
+}
+\def\pgf@setpathsizes#1{%
+ \expandafter\pgf@@setpathsizes#1%
+}
+\def\pgf@@setpathsizes#1#2#3#4{%
+ \global\pgf@pathmaxx=#1\relax%
+ \global\pgf@pathminx=#2\relax%
+ \global\pgf@pathmaxy=#3\relax%
+ \global\pgf@pathminy=#4\relax%
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+% Append a line from the current point to #1 to the current path.
+%
+% #1 = end of line
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfxy(0,0)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(0,1)}
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathlineto#1{%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#1}%
+ \pgf@roundcornerifneeded%
+ \pgf@nlt@lineto{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \global\pgf@path@lastx=\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@path@lasty=\pgf@y%
+}
+
+
+
+% Close the current path.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Draws two triangles
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfxy(0,0)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(0,1)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(1,0)}
+% \pgfclosepath
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfxy(2,0)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(2,1)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(3,0)}
+% \pgfpathclose
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathclose{%
+ \pgf@roundcornerifneeded%
+ \pgf@nlt@closepath%
+}
+
+
+% Append a cubic bezier spline from the current point to #3 with control
+% points #1 and #2 to the current path.
+%
+% #1 = first control point
+% #2 = second control point
+% #3 = end point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointxy{0}{0}}
+% \pgfpathcurveto{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{1}{2}}
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathcurveto#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#3}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#1}%
+ \pgf@roundcornerifneeded%
+ \pgf@nlt@curveto{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}%
+ \global\pgf@path@lastx=\pgf@xb%
+ \global\pgf@path@lasty=\pgf@yb%
+}
+
+
+
+% Append a quadratic bezier spline from the current point to #2 with
+% control point #1 to the current path.
+%
+% #1 = control point
+% #2 = end point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointxy{0}{0}}
+% \pgfpathquadraticcurveto{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{2}{0}}
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathquadraticcurveto#1#2{%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#2}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#1}%
+ \pgf@xc=.6666666\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=.6666666\pgf@y%
+ % compute second control point:
+ \pgf@xa=.33333333\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@ya=.33333333\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@yc%
+ % compute first control point
+ \advance\pgf@xc by.3333333\pgf@path@lastx%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by.3333333\pgf@path@lasty%
+ \pgf@roundcornerifneeded%
+ \pgf@nlt@curveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}%
+ \global\pgf@path@lastx=\pgf@xb%
+ \global\pgf@path@lasty=\pgf@yb%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Append an arc to the current point, where the current point is at
+% angle #1 and the end is at angle #2. If #2 > #1, the arc is drawn
+% counter-clockwise, otherwise it is clockwise.
+%
+% #1 = angle of first point
+% #2 = angle of second point
+% #3 = radius or x-radius/y-radius
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfxy(0,0)}
+% \pgfpatharc{0}{90}{2cm}
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpatharc#1#2#3{%
+ {%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}\let\pgf@temp@a=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathparse{#2}\let\pgf@temp@b=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfutil@in@{and }{#3}%
+ \ifpgfutil@in@%
+ \pgf@arc@get@radii#3\pgf@arc@stop%
+ \else
+ \pgf@arc@get@radii#3and #3\pgf@arc@stop%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@arc@local@angle@a=\pgf@temp@a pt%
+ \pgf@arc@local@angle@b=\pgf@temp@b pt%
+ \loop%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=\pgf@arc@local@angle@a%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by-\pgf@arc@local@angle@b\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdima<0pt\relax%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=-\pgfutil@tempdima\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdima>90pt\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdima>115pt\relax%
+ \pgf@arc@temp=90pt% big skip
+ \else%
+ \pgf@arc@temp=60pt% smaller skip to ensure wide segments
+ % (important shortened end segments because
+ % of arrow tips)
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@arc@local@angle@b>\pgf@arc@local@angle@a\relax%
+ {%
+ \pgf@arc@local@angle@b=\pgf@arc@local@angle@a\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@arc@local@angle@b by\pgf@arc@temp\relax%
+ \pgf@arc%
+ }
+ \advance\pgf@arc@local@angle@a by\pgf@arc@temp\relax%
+ \else
+ {%
+ \pgf@arc@local@angle@b=\pgf@arc@local@angle@a\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@arc@local@angle@b by-\pgf@arc@temp\relax%
+ \pgf@arc%
+ }%
+ \advance\pgf@arc@local@angle@a by-\pgf@arc@temp\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \repeat%
+ \pgf@roundcornerifneeded%
+ \pgf@arc%
+ }%
+}
+\dimendef\pgf@arc@local@angle@a=0
+\dimendef\pgf@arc@local@angle@b=1
+\dimendef\pgf@arc@temp=2
+
+\def\pgf@arc@get@radii#1and #2\pgf@arc@stop{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}\let\pgf@arc@radius@a=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathparse{#2}\let\pgf@arc@radius@b=\pgfmathresult%
+}
+
+
+\def\pgf@arc{%
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=\pgf@arc@radius@a pt%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgf@arc@radius@b pt%
+ %
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@arc@local@angle@a\relax%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@arc@local@angle@b\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@xa\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xb<0pt\relax%
+ \pgf@xb=-\pgf@xb\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xb=90.0pt%
+ \def\pgfmathresult{0.55228475}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfmathparse{1.333333333*tan(.25*\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb})}% many thanks to Ken Starks
+ \fi%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=\pgfmathresult\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgfmathresult\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ %.. controls +(\pgf@xa+90:\pgfutil@tempdima) and +(\pgf@xb-90:\pgfutil@tempdima) .. +(-(#1:#3)+(#2:#3))%
+ % store first support vector in xa/ya:
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@arc@local@angle@a\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgf@arc@local@angle@b>\pgf@arc@local@angle@a\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by 90pt\relax%
+ \else%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by -90pt\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \edef\pgf@arc@angle{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}}%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpointpolar{\pgf@arc@angle}{\pgfutil@tempdima and \pgfutil@tempdimb}}%
+ \advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance\pgf@y by-\pgf@pt@y%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@path@lastx%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@path@lasty%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by \pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by \pgf@y%
+ % store target in xb/yb:
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpointpolar{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@arc@local@angle@a}}{\pgf@arc@radius@a pt and \pgf@arc@radius@b pt}}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@path@lastx%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@path@lasty%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by -\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by -\pgf@y%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpointpolar{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@arc@local@angle@b}}{\pgf@arc@radius@a pt and \pgf@arc@radius@b pt}}%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by \pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by \pgf@y%
+ % store second support xc/yc:
+ \ifdim\pgf@arc@local@angle@b>\pgf@arc@local@angle@a\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@arc@local@angle@b by -90pt\relax%
+ \else%
+ \advance\pgf@arc@local@angle@b by 90pt\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpointpolar{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@arc@local@angle@b}}{\pgfutil@tempdima and \pgfutil@tempdimb}}%
+ \advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance\pgf@y by-\pgf@pt@y%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@xb\relax%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@yb\relax%
+ \advance \pgf@xc by \pgf@x\relax%
+ \advance \pgf@yc by \pgf@y\relax%
+ \pgf@nlt@curveto{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}%
+ \global\pgf@path@lastx=\pgf@xb%
+ \global\pgf@path@lasty=\pgf@yb%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% Append an arc to the current point, where the arc is on an ellipse
+% given by two axis vectors.
+%
+% #1 = angle of first point
+% #2 = angle of second point
+% #3 = first axis
+% #4 = second axis
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfxy(0,0)}
+% \pgfpatharcaxes{0}{90}{\pgfpointxy{2}{0}}{\pgfpointxy{0}{2}}
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpatharcaxes#1#2#3#4{%
+ {%
+ \pgftransformtriangle{\pgfpointorigin}{#3}{#4}%
+ \pgfpatharc{#1}{#2}{1pt}%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+% Append an arc to the current point that ends at a given position.
+%
+% #1 = x-radius
+% #2 = y-radius
+% #3 = x-axis-rotation (in degrees)
+% #4 = large-arc-sweep-flag (0 or 1)
+% #5 = sweep-flag (0 or 1)
+% #6 = target point
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command implements an arc drawing where a given target
+% coordinate (#6) is given and the task is to draw an arc of an
+% ellipse with the given radii. The center point of the ellipse is not
+% give, but computed automatically.
+%
+% This kind of "endpoint parameterization" of an arc is exactly the
+% same as the one specified by the SVG-specification for the "A" and
+% "a" path commands. Please see the SVG-specification for details.
+%
+% Note that the problem is internally converted to drawing an arc
+% using \pgfpatharc. This means that there may be a heavy loss of
+% accuracy.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfpatharcto{1cm}{1cm}{0}{0}{0}{\pgfpoint{0cm}{2cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpatharcto#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ {%
+ % The following code is based on the transformation described in svg
+ % 1.1 specification Section F.6.5
+ %
+ % Step 1: store the simple parameters (xa=x1 since TeX does not
+ % allow numbers in names)
+ %
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@rx{abs(#1)}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@ry{abs(#2)}%
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@rx pt=0pt% special rule: zero radius=straight line
+ \gdef\pgf@marshal{\pgfpathlineto{#6}}%
+ \else
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@ry pt=0pt% special rule: zero radius=straight line
+ \gdef\pgf@marshal{\pgfpathlineto{#6}}%
+ \else
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@phi{#3}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@fA{#4}%
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@fA pt=0pt
+ \else
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@fA{1.0} % Special rule: every non-zero value is 1.
+ \fi
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@fS{#5}%
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@fS pt=0pt
+ \else
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@fS{1.0} % Special rule: every non-zero value is 1.
+ \fi
+ \pgf@process{#6}
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@xb{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@yb{\the\pgf@y}%
+ %
+ % Step 2: x1,y1 is more complicated to compute: It is given by lastx
+ % and lasty, but these are transformed coordinates, we need the
+ % untransformed ones. So, we inverse the transformation (arghh...)
+ %
+ \pgftransforminvert%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@path@lastx}{\pgf@path@lasty}}}
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@xa{\the\pgf@x}
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@ya{\the\pgf@y}
+ \edef\pgf@temp@a{\pgf@arcto@xa,\pgf@arcto@ya}
+ \edef\pgf@temp@b{\pgf@arcto@xb,\pgf@arcto@yb}
+ \ifx\pgf@temp@a\pgf@temp@b% special rule: skip!
+ \global\let\pgf@marshal\pgfutil@empty
+ \else
+ %
+ % Ok, now we got all the parameters setup. Now comes the
+ % computation...
+ %
+ %
+ % Step 3: Start with a new coordinate system and rotate everything
+ % by the negated phi.
+ %
+ \pgftransformreset
+ \pgftransformrotate{-\pgf@arcto@phi}
+ % Ok, using \pgfpointtransformed we now get transformed points...
+ %
+ % Step 4: Compute x1' and y1' (xaprime and yaprime)
+ %
+ \pgf@process{
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpointscale{.5}{\pgfpointdiff
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@arcto@xb}{\pgf@arcto@yb}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@arcto@xa}{\pgf@arcto@ya}}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@xaprime{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@x}
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@yaprime{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@y}
+ %
+ % Compute Lambda
+ %
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@frac@x{\pgf@arcto@xaprime/\pgf@arcto@rx}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@frac@y{\pgf@arcto@yaprime/\pgf@arcto@ry}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@lambda{
+ \pgf@arcto@frac@x*\pgf@arcto@frac@x+\pgf@arcto@frac@y*\pgf@arcto@frac@y
+ }
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@lambda pt>1pt%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@sqrt@lambda{sqrt(\pgf@arcto@lambda)}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@rx{\pgf@arcto@sqrt@lambda*\pgf@arcto@rx}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@ry{\pgf@arcto@sqrt@lambda*\pgf@arcto@ry}
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Do some scaling
+ %
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@xaprime@abs{abs(\pgf@arcto@xaprime)}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@yaprime@abs{abs(\pgf@arcto@yaprime)}
+ \pgfmathmax@{\pgf@arcto@rx,\pgf@arcto@ry,\pgf@arcto@xaprime@abs,\pgf@arcto@yaprime@abs}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@scaling{20/\pgfmathresult}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@rx@scaled{\pgf@arcto@scaling*\pgf@arcto@rx}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@ry@scaled{\pgf@arcto@scaling*\pgf@arcto@ry}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@xaprime@scaled{\pgf@arcto@scaling*\pgf@arcto@xaprime}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@yaprime@scaled{\pgf@arcto@scaling*\pgf@arcto@yaprime}
+ %
+ % Step 5: Now comes the messy computation of c1' and c2'.
+ %
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@rx pt>\pgf@arcto@ry pt%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@rx@over@ry{\pgf@arcto@rx/\pgf@arcto@ry}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@ry@over@rx{\pgf@arcto@ry/\pgf@arcto@rx}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@temp{\pgf@arcto@ry@over@rx*\pgf@arcto@xaprime@scaled}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@numerator{
+ \pgf@arcto@ry@scaled*\pgf@arcto@ry@scaled-
+ \pgf@arcto@yaprime@scaled*\pgf@arcto@yaprime@scaled-
+ \pgf@arcto@temp*\pgf@arcto@temp
+ }
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@denominator{
+ \pgf@arcto@yaprime@scaled*\pgf@arcto@yaprime@scaled+
+ \pgf@arcto@temp*\pgf@arcto@temp
+ }
+ \else
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@rx@over@ry{\pgf@arcto@rx/\pgf@arcto@ry}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@ry@over@rx{\pgf@arcto@ry/\pgf@arcto@rx}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@temp{\pgf@arcto@rx@over@ry*\pgf@arcto@yaprime@scaled}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@numerator{
+ \pgf@arcto@rx@scaled*\pgf@arcto@rx@scaled-
+ \pgf@arcto@xaprime@scaled*\pgf@arcto@xaprime@scaled-
+ \pgf@arcto@temp*\pgf@arcto@temp
+ }
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@denominator{
+ \pgf@arcto@xaprime@scaled*\pgf@arcto@xaprime@scaled+
+ \pgf@arcto@temp*\pgf@arcto@temp
+ }
+ \fi
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@frac{
+ \pgf@arcto@numerator/\pgf@arcto@denominator
+ }
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@frac pt<0pt
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@factor{0}
+ \else
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@factor{sqrt(\pgf@arcto@frac)}
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pgf@arcto@fA\pgf@arcto@fS
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@factor{-\pgf@arcto@factor}
+ \fi
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@cxprime{
+ \pgf@arcto@factor*\pgf@arcto@rx@over@ry*\pgf@arcto@yaprime
+ }
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@cyprime{
+ -\pgf@arcto@factor*\pgf@arcto@ry@over@rx*\pgf@arcto@xaprime
+ }
+ %
+ % Step 6: Ok, now compute cx,cy
+ %
+ \pgftransformreset
+ \pgftransformrotate{\pgf@arcto@phi}
+ \pgf@process{
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@arcto@cxprime pt}{\pgf@arcto@cyprime pt}}
+ }
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@temp{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointadd{\pgf@arcto@temp}{
+ \pgfpointscale{.5}{
+ \pgfpointadd
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@arcto@xa}{\pgf@arcto@ya}}
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@arcto@xb}{\pgf@arcto@yb}} }
+ }
+ }
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@cx{\the\pgf@x}
+ \edef\pgf@arcto@cy{\the\pgf@y}
+ %
+ % Step 7: Compute start angle:
+ %
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@vec@x{(\pgf@arcto@xaprime-\pgf@arcto@cxprime)/\pgf@arcto@rx}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@vec@y{(\pgf@arcto@yaprime-\pgf@arcto@cyprime)/\pgf@arcto@ry}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@denominator{veclen(\pgf@arcto@vec@x,\pgf@arcto@vec@y)}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@frac{\pgf@arcto@vec@x/\pgf@arcto@denominator}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@start{acos(\pgf@arcto@frac)}
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@vec@y pt<0pt
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@start{-\pgf@arcto@theta@start}
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Step 8: Compute end angle:
+ %
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@vec@x{(-\pgf@arcto@xaprime-\pgf@arcto@cxprime)/\pgf@arcto@rx}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@vec@y{(-\pgf@arcto@yaprime-\pgf@arcto@cyprime)/\pgf@arcto@ry}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@denominator{veclen(\pgf@arcto@vec@x,\pgf@arcto@vec@y)}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@frac{\pgf@arcto@vec@x/\pgf@arcto@denominator}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@end{acos(\pgf@arcto@frac)}
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@vec@y pt<0pt
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@end{-\pgf@arcto@theta@end}
+ \fi
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@delta@theta{abs(\pgf@arcto@theta@start-\pgf@arcto@theta@end)}
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@fA pt=0pt%
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@delta@theta pt>180pt%
+ % Ok, we need to adjust the angle!
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@theta@end pt>\pgf@arcto@theta@start pt
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@end{\pgf@arcto@theta@end-360}
+ \else
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@end{\pgf@arcto@theta@end+360}
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@delta@theta pt<180pt%
+ % Ok, we need to adjust the angle!
+ \ifdim\pgf@arcto@theta@end pt>\pgf@arcto@theta@start pt
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@end{\pgf@arcto@theta@end-360}
+ \else
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@arcto@theta@end{\pgf@arcto@theta@end+360}
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \xdef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand
+ \pgfpatharcaxes{\pgf@arcto@theta@start}{\pgf@arcto@theta@end}
+ {\noexpand\pgfpointpolar{\pgf@arcto@phi}{\pgf@arcto@rx}}
+ {\noexpand\pgfpointpolar{\pgf@arcto@phi+90}{\pgf@arcto@ry}}
+ }
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ }
+ \pgf@marshal
+}
+
+
+
+% the quality of arc approximation by means of Bezier splines is
+% controlled by a mesh width.
+%
+% The mesh width is provided in (full!) degrees. The smaller the mesh
+% width, the more precise the arc approximation.
+%
+% Use an empty value to disable spline approximation (uses a single
+% cubic polynomial for the complete arc).
+%
+% The value must be an integer!
+\def\pgfpatharctomaxstepsize{45}
+
+% A specialized arc operation for an arc on an (axis--parallel) ellipse.
+%
+% In contrast to \pgfpatharc, it explicitly interpolates start- and end points.
+%
+% In contrast to \pgfpatharcto, this routine is numerically stable and
+% quite fast since it relies on a lot of precomputed information.
+%
+% #1 center of ellipse
+% #2 angle of last path position inside of the ellipse
+% #3 end angle
+% #4 end point (a \pgfpoint)
+% #5 xradius
+% #6 yradius
+% #7 the ratio xradius/yradius of the ellipse
+% #8 the ratio yradius/xradius of the ellipse
+% Example:
+% \def\cx{1cm}% center x
+% \def\cy{1cm}% center y
+% \def\startangle{0}%
+% \def\endangle{45}%
+% \def\a{5cm}% xradius
+% \def\b{10cm}% yradius
+% \pgfmathparse{\a/\b}\let\abratio=\pgfmathresult
+% \pgfmathparse{\b/\a}\let\baratio=\pgfmathresult
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{\cx+\a*cos(\startangle)}{\cy+\b*sin(\startangle)}}%
+% \pgfpatharctoprecomputed
+% {\pgfpoint{\cx}{\cy}}
+% {\startangle}
+% {\endangle}
+% {\pgfpoint{\cx+\a*cos(\endangle)}{\cy+\b*sin(\endangle)}}%
+% {\a}
+% {\b}
+% {\abratio}
+% {\baratio}
+%
+\def\pgfpatharctoprecomputed#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \begingroup
+ % Implementation idea:
+ %
+ % let
+ % m = center (#1)
+ % \gamma_0 = start angle
+ % \gamma_1 = end angle
+ % a = x radius
+ % b = y radius
+ %
+ % an axis parallel ellipse is parameterized by
+ % C(\gamma) = m + ( a cos(\gamma), b sin(\gamma) ), \gamma in [0,360].
+ %
+ % Now, consider the segment \gamma(t),
+ % \gamma:[0,1] -> [\gamma_0,\gamma_1],
+ % t -> \gamma_0 + t(\gamma_1 - \gamma_0)
+ % and
+ % C(\gamma(t)) which is defined on [0,1].
+ %
+ % I'd like to approximate the arc by one or more cubic bezier
+ % splines which interpolate through the last and first provided
+ % points.
+ %
+ % In general, a Bezier spline C:[0,1] -> \R of order n fulfills
+ % C'(0) = n ( P_1 - P_0 ),
+ % C'(1) = n ( P_n - P_{n-1} ).
+ % For n=3 and given P_0 and P_3, I can directly compute P_1 and P_2 once I know
+ % the derivatives at t=0 and t=1.
+ %
+ % The derivatives in our case are
+ % ( C \circ \gamma )'(t) = C'[\gamma(t)] * \gamma'(t)
+ % = ( -a pi/180 sin(\gamma(t)), b pi/180 cos(\gamma(t)) ) * (\gamma_1 - \gamma_0).
+ % The pi/180 comes into play since we are working with degrees.
+ %
+ % Expression (C\circ\gamma)'(0) using P_0 and (C \circ \gamma)'(1)
+ % using P_3 yields the expressions
+ % (C \circ \gamma)'(0) =
+ % pi/180 * (\gamma_1 - \gamma_0)* [ - a/b(P_0^y - my), b/a (P_0^x - mx) ]
+ % (C \circ \gamma)'(1) =
+ % pi/180 * (\gamma_1 - \gamma_0)* [ - a/b(P_3^y - my), b/a (P_3^x - mx) ]
+ %
+ % defining
+ % scaleA = a/b * pi / (3*180) * (\gamma_1 - \gamma_0)
+ % and
+ % scaleB = b/a * pi / (3*180) * (\gamma_1 - \gamma_0)
+ % yields the direct expressions for the intermediate bezier
+ % control points
+ %
+ % P_1 = [
+ % P_0^x - scaleA* ( P_0^y -my),
+ % P_0^y + scaleB* ( P_0^x -mx) ]
+ % and
+ % P_2 = [
+ % P_3^x + scaleA* ( P_3^y -my),
+ % P_3^y - scaleB* ( P_3^x -mx) ].
+ %
+ % This works fast, with few operations, if
+ % - a/b and b/a are known in advance
+ % - P_0 and P_3 are known in advance
+ % - \gamma_0 and \gamma_1 are known.
+ %
+ % It is also reliable if (\gamma_1 - \gamma_0) is small
+ %
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \edef\pgfpath@center@x{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \edef\pgfpath@center@y{\the\pgf@y}%
+ \def\pgfpath@completearcend{#4}%
+ % compute scale (#3-#2) * pi/(3*180) = (#3 - #2) * pi/27 * 1/20
+ % splitting pi/(3*180) into two scales has higher TeX accuracy
+ \pgf@xa=#2pt
+ \pgf@xb=#3pt
+ \edef\pgfpath@startangle{#2pt}%
+ \edef\pgfpath@endangle{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xb}%
+ %
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@xb
+ \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@xa
+ %
+ \ifx\pgfpatharctomaxstepsize\pgfutil@empty
+ \def\pgfpath@N{1}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@ya
+ \else
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@ya% compute N = floor((gamma_1 - gamma_0) / max) +1
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc<0pt
+ \multiply\pgf@xc by-1
+ \fi
+ \divide\pgf@xc by\pgfpatharctomaxstepsize\relax
+ \afterassignment\pgfutil@gobble@until@relax
+ \c@pgf@counta=\the\pgf@xc\relax
+ \advance\c@pgf@counta by1
+ \edef\pgfpath@N{\the\c@pgf@counta}%
+ %
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@ya
+ \divide\pgf@xc by\c@pgf@counta
+ \fi
+ %
+ \edef\pgfpath@h{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xc}%
+ %
+%\message{pgfpathellipse: using N =\pgfpath@N\space spline points y0 = \pgfpath@startangle, y0+i*h, yN=\pgfpath@endangle, i=1,...,(\pgfpath@N-1), with h=\pgfpath@h\space mesh width (total arc angle \pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya).}%
+ %
+ %
+ \pgf@xc=0.116355283466289\pgf@xc % pi/27
+ \divide\pgf@xc by20
+ \pgf@xa=#7\pgf@xc
+ \edef\pgfpath@scale@A{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}%
+ \pgf@xa=#8\pgf@xc
+ \edef\pgfpath@scale@B{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}%
+ %
+ % compute intermediate spline segments for
+ % i = 1,...,N-1
+ % this is a no-op for N=1.
+ \c@pgf@countd=1
+ \pgfutil@loop
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@countd<\pgfpath@N\relax
+ %
+ \pgf@xa=\pgfpath@startangle % compute \pgf@xa = y_0 + i*h
+ \pgf@xb=\pgfpath@h pt
+ \multiply\pgf@xb by\c@pgf@countd
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xb
+ \edef\pgfpath@angle@i{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}%
+%\message{angle \the\c@pgf@countd: \pgfpath@angle@i...}%
+ %
+ \pgfpatharcofellipse@{%
+ \pgfpoint
+ {\pgfpath@center@x + #5*cos(\pgfpath@angle@i)}
+ {\pgfpath@center@y + #6*sin(\pgfpath@angle@i)}%
+ }%
+ %
+ \advance\c@pgf@countd by1
+ \pgfutil@repeat
+ %
+ % compute final spline segment. It only differs insofar as the
+ % final point is already known explicitly and should be
+ % interpolated without additional math error.
+%\message{angle \pgfpath@N: \pgfpath@endangle...}%
+ \pgfpatharcofellipse@{\pgfpath@completearcend}%
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\def\pgfpatharcofellipse@#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \edef\pgfpath@endpt{\global\pgf@x=\the\pgf@x\space\global\pgf@y=\the\pgf@y\space}%
+ %
+ \pgfpathcurveto{
+ \begingroup
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@path@lastx
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@path@lasty
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgfpath@center@x
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgfpath@center@y
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by-\pgfpath@scale@A\pgf@ya
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by \pgfpath@scale@B\pgf@xa
+ \endgroup
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \pgfpath@endpt
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgfpath@center@x
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgfpath@center@y
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by \pgfpath@scale@A\pgf@ya
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by-\pgfpath@scale@B\pgf@xa
+ \endgroup
+ }{%
+ \pgfpath@endpt
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% Append an ellipse to the current path.
+%
+% #1 = center
+% #2 = first axis
+% #3 = second axis
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Add a circle of radius 3cm around the origin
+% \pgfpathellipse{\pgforigin}{\pgfxy(2,0)}{\pgfxy(0,1)}
+%
+% % Draw a non-filled circle of radius 1cm around the point (1,1)
+% \pgfpathellipse{\pgfxy(1,1)}{\pgfxy(1,1)}{\pgfxy(-2,2)}
+% \pgfstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathellipse#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#1}% store center in xc/yc
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x% store first axis in xa/ya
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@pt@y%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#3}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x% store second axis in xb/yb
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by-\pgf@pt@y%
+ {%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@yc%
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}%
+ }%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xb% first arc
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{\pgf@xc\the\pgf@x\pgf@yc\the\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yb%
+ {%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by\pgf@yc%
+ \pgf@temp%
+ \pgf@nlt@curveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}%
+ }%
+ \pgf@xa=-\pgf@xa% flip first axis
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xa% second arc
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{\pgf@xc\the\pgf@x\pgf@yc\the\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya%
+ {%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@yc%
+ \pgf@temp%
+ \pgf@nlt@curveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}%
+ }%
+ \pgf@xb=-\pgf@xb% flip second axis
+ \pgf@yb=-\pgf@yb%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xb% third arc
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{\pgf@xc\the\pgf@x\pgf@yc\the\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yb%
+ {%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by\pgf@yc%
+ \pgf@temp%
+ \pgf@nlt@curveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}%
+ }%
+ \pgf@xa=-\pgf@xa% flip first axis once more
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xa% fourth arc
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{\pgf@xc\the\pgf@x\pgf@yc\the\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@x=0.55228475\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@y=0.55228475\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya%
+ {%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@yc%
+ \pgf@temp%
+ \pgf@nlt@curveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}%
+ }%
+ \pgf@nlt@closepath%
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}%
+}
+
+
+
+% Append a circle to the current path
+%
+% #1 = center
+% #2 = radius
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Append a circle of radius 3cm around the point (1,1)
+% \pgfpathcircle{\pgxy(1,1)}{3cm}
+
+\def\pgfpathcircle#1#2{\pgfpathellipse{#1}{\pgfpoint{#2}{0pt}}{\pgfpoint{0pt}{#2}}}
+
+
+
+
+% Append a rectangle to the current path
+%
+% #1 = lower left corner point of rectangle
+% #2 = width and height vector
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % A rectangle with corners (2,2) and (3,3)
+% \pgfpathrectangle{\pgfpointxy{2}{2}}{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}
+
+\def\pgfpathrectangle{%
+ \let\pgfrect@next=\pgf@specialrect%
+ \ifpgf@pt@identity%
+ \ifpgf@arccorners%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgf@nlt@list\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfrect@next=\pgf@normalrect%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfrect@next%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@normalrect#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{#1}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@rect{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya\relax%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@specialrect#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@yb%
+ \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}}%
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@ya}}%
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}%
+ \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@yb}}%
+ \pgfpathclose%
+ \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}%
+}
+
+% Append a rectangle to the current path
+%
+% #1 = one corner of the rectangle
+% #2 = opposite corner of the rectangle
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % A rectangle with corners (2,2) and (3,3)
+% \pgfpathrectanglecorners{\pgfpointxy{2}{2}}{\pgfpointxy{3}{3}}
+
+\def\pgfpathrectanglecorners#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by-\pgf@y%
+ \pgfpathrectangle{#1}{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}%
+}
+
+
+% Append a grid to the current path.
+%
+% #1 = first corner point of grid
+% #2 = second corner point of grid
+%
+% Options:
+%
+% stepx = x-step dimension (default 1cm)
+% stepy = y-step dimension (default 1cm)
+% step = dimension vector
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetlinewidth{0.8pt}
+% \pgfgrid{\pgfxy(0,0)}{\pgfxy(3,2)}
+% \pgfsetlinewidth{0.4pt}
+% \pgfgrid[stepx=1cm,stepy=1cm]{\pgfxy(0,0)}{\pgfxy(3,2)}
+
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/stepx/.initial=1cm,
+ /pgf/stepy/.initial=1cm,
+ /pgf/step/.code={\pgf@process{#1}\pgfkeysalso{/pgf/stepx/.expanded=\the\pgf@x,/pgf/stepy/.expanded=\the\pgf@y}},
+ /pgf/step/.value required
+}
+
+\def\pgfpathgrid{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@pathgrid}{\pgf@pathgrid[]}}
+\def\pgf@pathgrid[#1]#2#3{%
+ \pgfset{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xc{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/stepx}}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@yc{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/stepy}}%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ % Swap coordinates if one of them is smaller than the other:
+ \ifdim\pgf@xa>\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@ya>\pgf@yb%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@yb%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim \pgf@yc > .01pt\relax% if to draw horizontal lines
+ \c@pgf@counta=\pgf@ya\relax%
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@yc\relax%
+ \divide\c@pgf@counta by\c@pgf@countb\relax%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=\c@pgf@counta\pgf@yc\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdima<\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by\pgf@yc%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb\pgf@x
+ \pgfutil@loop% horizontal lines
+ {%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}
+ \pgf@nlt@lineto{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}%
+ }%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by\pgf@yc%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdima<\pgf@yb%
+ \pgfutil@repeat%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by-0.01pt\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdima<\pgf@yb%
+ {%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}
+ \pgf@nlt@lineto{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim \pgf@xc > .01pt\relax% if to draw vertical lines
+ \c@pgf@counta=\pgf@xa\relax%
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@xc\relax%
+ \divide\c@pgf@counta by\c@pgf@countb\relax%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\c@pgf@counta\pgf@xc\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdimb<\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdimb by\pgf@xc%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfutil@loop% vertical lines
+ {%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@yb%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}
+ \pgf@nlt@lineto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}%
+ }%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdimb by\pgf@xc%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdimb<\pgf@xb%
+ \pgfutil@repeat%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdimb by-0.01pt\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgfutil@tempdimb<\pgf@xb%
+ {%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgfutil@tempdimb%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@yb%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}
+ \pgf@nlt@lineto{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@nlt@moveto{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+}
+
+
+
+% Append two half-parabolas to the path
+%
+% #1 = bend (relative to current point)
+% #2 = end point (relative to bend point)
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command appends a half-parabola that starts at the current point
+% and has its bend at #1+current point. Then, a second parabola is
+% appended that starts at #1+current point, where it also has its
+% minimum/maximum, and ends at #1+current point+#2, which becomes the
+% new current point.
+%
+% By setting #2 = (0,0) you draw only a half parabola that goes from the
+% current point to the bend; by setting #1 = (0,0)
+% you draw a half parabola that going to current point + #2 and has its
+% bend at the current point.
+%
+% Examples:
+%
+% % Half-parabola going ``up and right''
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathparabola{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{2cm}{4cm}}
+%
+% % Half-parabola going ``down and right''
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathparabola{\pgfpoint{-2cm}{4cm}}}{\pgfpointorigin}
+%
+% % Full parabola
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathparabola{\pgfpoint{-2cm}{4cm}}{\pgfpoint{2cm}{4cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpathparabola#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@process{#2}% untransformed
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#1}% untransformed
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfutil@tempswatrue%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xb=0pt\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgf@yb=0pt\relax%
+ \pgfutil@tempswafalse%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ {%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa%
+ \pgf@arccornersfalse
+ \else%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfutil@tempswatrue%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc=0pt\relax%
+ \ifdim\pgf@yc=0pt\relax%
+ \pgfutil@tempswafalse%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa
+ {%
+ \pgf@pt@x=\pgf@path@lastx%
+ \pgf@pt@y=\pgf@path@lasty%
+ \pgfpathcurveto%
+ {\pgfqpoint{.1125\pgf@xc}{.225\pgf@yc}}% found by trial and error
+ {\pgfqpoint{.5\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}% found by trial and error
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ }%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@yb%
+ {%
+ \pgf@pt@x=\pgf@path@lastx%
+ \pgf@pt@y=\pgf@path@lasty%
+ \pgfpathcurveto%
+ {\pgfqpoint{.5\pgf@xc}{0\pgf@yc}}% found by trial and error
+ {\pgfqpoint{.8875\pgf@xc}{.775\pgf@yc}}% found by trial and error
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Append a sine curve between 0 and \pi/2 to the path.
+%
+% #1 = vector, describing the width and height of the curve
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command appends a sine curve in the interval 0 and \pi/2 to the
+% current path. The sine curve ends at currentpoint+#1.
+%
+% Examples:
+%
+% % One complete sine in the interval [0,\pi]
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{1.57cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{3.141cm}{0cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpathsine#1{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@process{#1}% untransformed
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@pt@x=\pgf@path@lastx% evil trickery to transform to the last point
+ \pgf@pt@y=\pgf@path@lasty%
+ \pgfpathcurveto%
+ {\pgfqpoint{.3260\pgf@xc}{.5120\pgf@yc}}%
+ {\pgfqpoint{.6380\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}%
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}%
+ }%
+}
+
+% Append a cosine curve between 0 and \pi/2 to the path.
+%
+% #1 = vector, describing the width and height of the curve
+%
+% Examples:
+%
+% % One complete sine in the interval [0,\pi]
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{1.57cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{3.141cm}{0cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpathcosine#1{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@process{#1}% untransformed
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@pt@x=\pgf@path@lastx% evil trickery to transform to the last point
+ \pgf@pt@y=\pgf@path@lasty%
+ \pgfpathcurveto%
+ {\pgfqpoint{.3620\pgf@xc}{0pt}}%
+ {\pgfqpoint{.6740\pgf@xc}{.4880\pgf@yc}}%
+ {\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+% Draw part of a curve between two specified times s and t.
+%
+% #1 - a start time s.
+% #2 - an end time t.
+% #3 - start point of the curve
+% #4 - first control
+% #5 - second control
+% #6 - end point of the curve
+%
+% There are two versions, \pgfpathcurvebetweentime and
+% \pgfpathcurvebetweentimecontinue. The latter does not insert a
+% moveto to the first point.
+%
+\def\pgfpathcurvebetweentime{\pgf@ignoremovetofalse\pgf@@pathcurvebetweentime}
+\def\pgfpathcurvebetweentimecontinue{\pgf@ignoremovetotrue\pgf@@pathcurvebetweentime}
+\newif\ifpgf@ignoremoveto
+
+\def\pgf@@pathcurvebetweentime#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgf@time@s=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathparse{#2}%
+ \let\pgf@time@t=\pgfmathresult%
+ \ifdim\pgf@time@s pt>\pgf@time@t pt\relax%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@time@s{1-#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@time@t{1-#2}%
+ \pgf@@@pathcurvebetweentime{\pgf@time@t}{#6}{#5}{#4}{#3}%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@@@pathcurvebetweentime{\pgf@time@t}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@@@pathcurvebetweentime#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ % Q1 = P1.
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ % Q2 = P1 + t*(P2-P1).
+ \pgf@process{%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xa=#1\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=#1\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \advance\pgf@x by-#1\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by-#1\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya%
+ }%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ % Q3 = Q2 + t*((P2 + t*(P3-P2)) - Q2).
+ \pgf@process{%
+ \pgf@process{#4}%
+ \pgf@xa=#1\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=#1\pgf@y%
+ %
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by-#1\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by-#1\pgf@y%
+ %
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by#1\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@y by#1\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by-#1\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by-#1\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by#1\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by#1\pgf@yc%
+ }%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ % Q4 = (1-t)^3*P1 + 3*t(1-t)^2*P2 + 3*t^2(1-t)*P3 + t^3*P4.
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointcurveattime{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+ \ifx#1\pgf@time@t%
+ % First time round...
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@time@s}{\pgf@time@t}%
+ \pgfmathadd@{-\pgfmathresult}{1}%
+ \let\pgf@time@s=\pgfmathresult%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{%
+ \noexpand\pgf@@@pathcurvebetweentime{\noexpand\pgf@time@s}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}}{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ }%
+ \else%
+ % ...second time round.
+ \ifpgf@ignoremoveto%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{%
+ \noexpand\pgfpathcurveto{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}}{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ }%
+ \else%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{%
+ \noexpand\pgfpathmoveto{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \noexpand\pgfpathcurveto{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}}{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@marshal%
+}
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e33f0653ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,563 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex}
+
+
+% Split a path at the last subpath of a path
+%
+% #1 = a macro that stores a path
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command will split the path into two parts:
+%
+% \pgfprocessresultpathprefix
+% The part of the path before the last subpath.
+%
+% \pgfprocessresultpathsuffix
+% The last subpath on the path.
+%
+% #1 will always be equal to the contents of the two above macros
+% concatenated. Normally, your objective will be to modify the
+% \pgfprocessresultpathsuffix and then concatenate the result.
+
+\def\pgfprocesssplitpath#1{%
+ \let\pgfprocessresultpathprefix\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@process@split%
+ \expandafter\pgf@process@split#1\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken{}{}\pgf@stop%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@process@split#1\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken#2#3#4{%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop% ok, end reached!
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix\expandafter{\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix#1}%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathprefix%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathprefix\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix#1}%
+ \def\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix{\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken{#2}{#3}}%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next#4%
+}
+
+
+
+% Split a subpath at the end
+%
+% #1 = a macro that stores an open subpath that contains at least two
+% path commands (so, not just a moveto);
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Splits the subpath into two parts:
+%
+% \pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix
+% This macro contains the last two "relevant" path commands: The end
+% of the path command that led to the last path command and this
+% last path command. In essence, this macro contains everything you
+% "need to modify" if you wish to modify the end of the path.
+%
+% \pgfprocessresultsubpathprefix
+% Everything before the previous macro on the subpath.
+
+\def\pgfprocesssplitsubpath#1{%
+ % First, we need to find the end:
+ \let\pgf@tempa\pgfutil@emtpy%
+ \let\pgf@tempb\pgfutil@emtpy%
+ \let\pgf@tempc\pgfutil@emtpy%
+ \let\pgf@tempd\pgfutil@emtpy%
+ \let\pgfprocessresultsubpathprefix\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@split@subpath%
+ \expandafter\pgf@split@subpath#1\pgf@stop%
+}
+
+\newif\ifpgf@split@move
+
+\def\pgf@split@subpath#1#2#3#4{%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix\expandafter{\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@split@movetrue%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken%
+ \pgf@split@movefalse%
+ \else
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportbtoken%
+ \pgf@split@movefalse%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgf@split@move%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgfprocessresultsubpathprefix%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\pgfprocessresultsubpathprefix\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix}%
+ \def\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix{#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix\expandafter{\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next#4%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Extract start and end vectors of a path
+%
+% #1 = a macro that stores a path
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command will extract the first and second coordinate on the
+% path as well as the last and second-last. These coordinates will be
+% put in the pgfpoint-macros \pgfpointfirstonpath,
+% \pgfpointsecondonpath, \pgfpointsecondlastonpath, and
+% \pgfpointlastonpath. If the path is empty, these macros are set to
+% \pgfpointorigin.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{0}{0}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{10}{10}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{20}{20}{30}{30}{40}{40}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\mypath
+% \pgfprocesspathextractpoints\mypath
+%
+% % \pgfpointfirstonpath is now \pgfpoint{0}{0}
+% % \pgfpointsecondonpath is now \pgfpoint{10bp}{10bp}
+% % \pgfpointsecondlastonpath is now \pgfpoint{30bp}{30bp}
+% % \pgfpointlastonpath is now \pgfpoint{40bp}{40bp}
+
+\def\pgfprocesspathextractpoints#1{%
+ \ifx#1\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfpointfirstonpath=\pgfpointorigin%
+ \let\pgfpointsecondonpath=\pgfpointorigin%
+ \let\pgfpointsecondlastonpath=\pgfpointorigin%
+ \let\pgfpointlastonpath=\pgfpointorigin%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\pgf@extractprocessorfirst#1\pgf@stop%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@extractprocessorfirst#1#2#3#4{%
+ \def\pgfpointfirstonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop%
+ % pretty short path...
+ \let\pgfpointsecondonpath=\pgfpointfirstonpath%
+ \let\pgfpointsecondlastonpath=\pgfpointfirstonpath%
+ \let\pgfpointlastonpath=\pgfpointfirstonpath%
+ \let\next=\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \else
+ \let\next=\pgf@extractprocessorsecond%
+ \fi%
+ \next#4%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@extractprocessorsecond#1{%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken%
+ % Reset things...
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@extractprocessorfirst%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@@extractprocessorsecond%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next#1%
+}
+\def\pgf@@extractprocessorsecond#1#2#3#4{%
+ \def\pgfpointsecondonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \let\pgfpointsecondlastonpath=\pgfpointfirstonpath%
+ \let\pgfpointlastonpath=\pgfpointsecondonpath%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop%
+ % short path...
+ \let\next=\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \else
+ \let\next=\pgf@extractprocessorother%
+ \fi%
+ \next#4%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@extractprocessorother#1{%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken%
+ % Reset things...
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@extractprocessorfirst%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@@extractprocessorother%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next#1%
+}
+\def\pgf@@extractprocessorother#1#2#3#4{%
+ \let\pgfpointsecondlastonpath=\pgfpointlastonpath%
+ \def\pgfpointlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop%
+ % end!
+ \let\next=\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \fi%
+ \next#4%
+}
+
+
+
+% Check for closepath and rectangles
+%
+% #1 = a macro that stores a path
+% #2 = command to be executed when a closepath or a rectangle is encountered
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{0}{0}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{10}{10}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{20}{20}{30}{30}{40}{40}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\mypath
+% \pgfprocesscheckclosed{\mypath}{\pgf@drawarrowsfalse}
+
+\def\pgfprocesscheckclosed#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \global\let\pgf@proc@todo=\relax%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken=\pgfutil@gobbletwo%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@linetotoken=\pgfutil@gobbletwo%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken=\pgfutil@gobbletwo%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportbtoken=\pgfutil@gobbletwo%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetotoken=\pgfutil@gobbletwo%
+ \def\pgfsyssoftpath@rectcornertoken{\gdef\pgf@proc@todo{#2}\pgfutil@gobbletwo}%
+ \def\pgfsyssoftpath@rectsizetoken{\gdef\pgf@proc@todo{#2}\pgfutil@gobbletwo}%
+ \def\pgfsyssoftpath@closepathtoken{\gdef\pgf@proc@todo{#2}\pgfutil@gobbletwo}%
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \pgf@proc@todo%
+}
+
+
+% Resolve specialround
+%
+% #1 = a macro that stores a path
+% #2 = a macro that stores the new path
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Resolves all specialround tokens. When such a token is encountered,
+% the objective is to replace the next corner by a rounded corner.
+%
+
+\def\pgfprocessround#1#2{%
+ % first, check whether #1 contains \pgfsyssoftpath@specialroundtoken.
+ % if not, do quick assignment!
+ \expandafter\pgf@processroundcheck\expandafter#1\expandafter#2#1\pgfsyssoftpath@specialroundtoken\pgf@stop%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@processroundcheck#1#2#3\pgfsyssoftpath@specialroundtoken#4\pgf@stop{%
+ \def\pgf@test{#4}%
+ \ifx\pgf@test\pgfutil@empty%
+ % ok, nothing to be done!
+ \let#2=#1%
+ \else%
+ % very well...
+ \pgf@@processround#1#2%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+\def\pgf@@processround#1#2{%
+ \let\pgfprocess@newpath\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfprocess@moveto\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfprocess@firstto\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfprocess@segment\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgf@xa=0pt%
+ \pgf@ya=0pt%
+ \expandafter\pgfprocess@round#1\pgf@stop{0pt}{0pt}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@newpath\expandafter{\pgfprocess@moveto}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@newpath\expandafter{\pgfprocess@segment}%
+ \let#2=\pgfprocess@newpath%
+}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@round#1#2#3{%
+ \ifx#1\pgf@stop%
+ \let\next=\relax%
+ \else%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@specialroundtoken%
+ \def\pgfprocess@savex{#2}%
+ \def\pgfprocess@savey{#3}%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@specialround%
+ \ifdim#2=0pt%
+ \ifdim#3=0pt%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@round% skip!
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgfprocess@firstto\pgfutil@empty%
+ \def\pgfprocess@firstto{{#2}{#3}}%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@xa=#2%
+ \pgf@ya=#3%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken%
+ % ok, move old segment to newpath
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@newpath\expandafter{\pgfprocess@moveto}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@newpath\expandafter{\pgfprocess@segment}%
+ \def\pgfprocess@moveto{#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \let\pgfprocess@firstto=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgfprocess@segment=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgfutil@g@addto@macro\pgfprocess@segment{#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \fi%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@round%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \next%
+}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@specialround#1#2#3{%
+ \ifx\pgfprocess@firstto\pgfutil@empty%
+ \def\pgfprocess@firstto{{#2}{#3}}%
+ \fi%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@round% default: do nothing
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@linetotoken%
+ % Ok, round a lineto
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@specialroundcope%
+ \else%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken%
+ % Ok, round a curveto.
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@specialroundcurveto%
+ \else%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@closepathtoken%
+ % Ok, round a closepath (this is tricky...)
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@specialroundclose%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \next#1{#2}{#3}%
+}%
+
+\def\pgfprocess@specialroundcope#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@round% do nothing by default
+ \let\pgfprocess@continueafterrounding=\pgfprocess@round%
+ \ifx#4\pgfsyssoftpath@linetotoken%
+ % ok, let's get kicking...
+ \pgf@xc=#5%
+ \pgf@yc=#6%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@@specialround%
+ \else%
+ \ifx#4\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken%
+ \pgf@xc=#5%
+ \pgf@yc=#6%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@@specialround%
+ \else%
+ \ifx#4\pgfsyssoftpath@closepathtoken%
+ \pgf@xc=#5%
+ \pgf@yc=#6%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@@specialround%
+ \else
+ \ifx#4\pgfsyssoftpath@specialroundtoken%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@@findrightcoordinates%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \next#1{#2}{#3}#4{#5}{#6}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@@findrightcoordinates#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
+ \pgf@xc=#8%
+ \pgf@yc=#9%
+ \pgfprocess@@specialround#1{#2}{#3}#4{#5}{#6}#7{#8}{#9}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@@specialround#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfutil@g@addto@macro\pgfprocess@segment{#1}%
+ % calculate start coordinate of the curve
+ \pgf@xb=#2%
+ \pgf@yb=#3%
+ %
+ \edef\pgf@marshal%
+ {\noexpand\pgfpointlineatdistance{\pgfprocess@savex}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}}%
+ \pgf@process{\pgf@marshal}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x% save start point of added curve
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \edef\pgfprocess@addition{{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@segment\expandafter{\pgfprocess@addition}%
+ %
+ % now add curve
+ %
+ \edef\pgf@marshal%
+ {\noexpand\pgfpointlineatdistance{\pgfprocess@savey}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}}%
+ {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}}%
+ \pgf@process{\pgf@marshal}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x% save end point of added curve
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ % calculate first support:
+ {%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@y by-\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by 0.5522847\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by 0.5522847\pgf@y%
+ \edef\pgfprocess@addition{\noexpand\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@segment\expandafter{\pgfprocess@addition}%
+ }%
+ % calculate second support:
+ {%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by-\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by 0.5522847\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by 0.5522847\pgf@y%
+ \edef\pgfprocess@addition{\noexpand\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportbtoken{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@segment\expandafter{\pgfprocess@addition}%
+ }%
+ % add end:
+ \edef\pgfprocess@addition{\noexpand\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetotoken{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@g@addto@macro\expandafter\pgfprocess@segment\expandafter{\pgfprocess@addition}%
+ %
+ % continue!
+ %
+ \pgf@xa=#2%
+ \pgf@ya=#3%
+ \pgfprocess@continueafterrounding%
+}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@specialroundcurveto#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \pgfutil@g@addto@macro\pgfprocess@segment{#1{#2}{#3}#4{#5}{#6}}% supports
+ \pgf@xa=#5%
+ \pgf@ya=#6%
+ \pgfprocess@specialroundcope}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@specialroundclose{%
+ \let\next=\pgfprocess@round%
+ \ifx\pgfprocess@moveto\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgfprocess@firstto\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\pgfprocess@@specialclosetarget\pgfprocess@firstto%
+ \let\pgfprocess@continueafterrounding=\pgfprocess@cleanupafterclose%
+ \edef\next{%
+ \noexpand\pgfprocess@@specialround%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand\expandafter\pgfprocess@@specialclosemoveto\pgfprocess@moveto%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \next%
+}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@@specialclosetarget#1#2{%
+ \pgf@xc=#1%
+ \pgf@yc=#2%
+}
+
+\def\pgfprocess@@specialclosemoveto#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@linetotoken{#2}{#3}%
+}
+
+
+\def\pgfprocess@cleanupafterclose#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\pgfprocess@moveto{\noexpand\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand\pgfprocess@round\noexpand\pgfsyssoftpath@closepathtoken{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ \pgf@marshal%
+}
+
+
+% Replace start and end coordinates of a path
+%
+% #1 = new start coordinate
+% #2 = new end coordinate
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command will replace the first and last coordinates on a path
+% by the given coordinates.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{0}{0}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{10}{10}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{20}{20}{30}{10}{40}{0}
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\mypath
+% \pgfsetlinewidth{2pt}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+% \pgfprocesspathextractpoints{\mypath}
+% \pgfprocesspathreplacestartandend{\mypath}
+% {\pgfpointlineatdistance{2pt}{\pgfpointfirstonpath}{\pgfpointsecondonpath}}%
+% {\pgfpointlineatdistance{2pt}{\pgfpointlastonpath}{\pgfpointsecondlastonpath}}%
+% \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\mypath
+% \pgfsetlinewidth{1pt}
+% \color{red}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+
+\def\pgfprocesspathreplacestartandend#1#2#3{%
+ \ifx#1\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ {%
+ % We (mis)use the current path to store (in a buffered manner) the
+ % rest path.
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\pgf@replace@origpath%
+ \let\pgf@prepath=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@replaceprocessfirst#1\pgf@stop%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\pgf@restpath%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gdef%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#1%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@prepath%
+ \expandafter\pgf@newstart\pgf@restpath}%
+ % Restore current path
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgf@replace@origpath%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@replaceprocessfirst#1#2#3#4{%
+ \def\pgf@origstart{#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \edef\pgf@newstart{\noexpand#1{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop%
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \else%
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgf@replaceprocessother%
+ \let\pgf@@next=\pgf@@replaceprocessother%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next#4%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@replaceprocessother#1{%
+ \ifx#1\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken%
+ \pgf@replace@handle@move%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@@next#1%
+}
+\def\pgf@@replaceprocessother#1#2#3#4{%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop%
+ \edef\pgf@restpathaddition{{\noexpand#1{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}}%
+ \expandafter\pgfsyssoftpath@addtocurrentpath\pgf@restpathaddition%
+ \let\pgf@next=\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@addtocurrentpath{#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next#4%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@replace@handle@move{%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\pgf@restpath%
+ % Arggghh! Must reset everything!
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gdef%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@prepath%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@prepath%
+ \expandafter\pgf@origstart\pgf@restpath}%
+ % Redo first.
+ \let\pgf@@next=\pgf@replaceprocessfirst%
+}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a9c5fc22b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorepathusage.code.tex}
+
+
+% Stroke/fill/clip/etc. the current path. Depending on the options,
+% the current path will be stroked/filled/clipped/etc. If no options
+% are given, the path is stroked. If multiple options are given, all
+% of them are performed (in a sensible order).
+%
+% #1 = action(s) to be applied to the current path. Valid actions are:
+% stroke - strokes the path.
+% draw - strokes the path and adds arrow tips.
+% tips - adds arrow tips.
+% fill - fills the path.
+% clip - clip the path.
+% discard - Discards the path. Same effect as having an empty
+% options list.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Draws an edge.
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfxy(0,0)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(0,1)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(1,0)}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/stroke/.code=\let\pgf@up@stroke\pgf@up@stroke@text\pgf@up@path@neededtrue,
+ /pgf/draw/.code=\let\pgf@up@stroke\pgf@up@stroke@text\pgf@up@path@neededtrue,
+ /pgf/fill/.code=\let\pgf@up@fill\pgf@up@fill@text\pgf@up@path@neededtrue,
+ /pgf/clip/.code=\let\pgf@up@clip\pgf@up@clip@text\pgf@up@path@neededtrue,
+ /pgf/discard/.code=,
+ /pgf/use as bounding box/.code=\let\pgf@up@bb\pgf@do@up@bb,
+ /pgf/arrow keys/flex/.code=\pgferror{You need to say \string\usetikzlibrary{bending} for flexing and bending arrows},
+ /pgf/arrow keys/flex'/.code=\pgferror{You need to say \string\usetikzlibrary{bending} for flexing and bending arrows},
+ /pgf/arrow keys/bend/.code=\pgferror{You need to say \string\usetikzlibrary{bending} for flexing and bending arrows},
+ /pgf/arrow keys/quick/.code=\pgfarrowsaddtooptions{\let\pgf@arrow@flex@mode\pgf@arrow@mode@is@quick},
+}
+
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/.cd,
+ tips/.is choice,
+ tips/.default=true,
+ tips/proper/.code=\let\pgf@tips@mode\pgf@tips@mode@onproper,
+ tips/on proper draw/.code=\let\pgf@tips@mode\pgf@tips@mode@onproperdraw,
+ tips/true/.code=\let\pgf@tips@mode\pgf@tips@mode@true,
+ tips/on draw/.code=\let\pgf@tips@mode\pgf@tips@mode@ondraw,
+ tips/never/.code=\let\pgf@tips@mode\pgf@tips@mode@false,
+ tips/false/.code=\let\pgf@tips@mode\pgf@tips@mode@false,
+}
+\def\pgf@tips@mode@onproper{4}
+\def\pgf@tips@mode@onproperdraw{3}
+\def\pgf@tips@mode@true{2}
+\def\pgf@tips@mode@ondraw{1}
+\def\pgf@tips@mode@false{0}
+\let\pgf@tips@mode\pgf@tips@mode@ondraw
+
+
+% The following can only be set to "true" using the options in the
+% module "bending"
+\newif\ifpgf@precise@shortening
+\def\pgf@arrow@mode@is@quick{0}
+\let\pgf@arrow@flex@mode\pgf@arrow@mode@is@quick
+
+\newif\ifpgf@up@path@needed
+\newif\ifpgf@up@draw@arrows
+\def\pgf@up@stroke@text{stroke}
+\def\pgf@up@fill@text{fill}
+\def\pgf@up@clip@text{clip}
+\def\pgf@do@up@bb{\pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse}
+
+\def\pgfusepath#1{%
+ \pgf@up@path@neededfalse%
+ \pgf@up@draw@arrowsfalse%
+ \let\pgf@up@stroke\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@up@fill\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@up@clip\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@up@bb\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfset{#1}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgf@up@action\expandafter{\csname pgfsys@\pgf@up@fill\pgf@up@stroke\endcsname}%
+ \ifnum\pgf@tips@mode=2\relax%
+ \pgf@up@path@neededtrue%
+ \fi%
+ \ifnum\pgf@tips@mode=4\relax%
+ \pgf@up@path@neededtrue%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgf@up@path@needed%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgfutil@empty%
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@up@stroke\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifx\pgf@up@fill\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@up@action=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifx\pgf@up@clip\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ % only clipping
+ \let\pgf@up@action=\pgfsys@discardpath%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\pgf@last@processed@path
+ \pgfprocessround{\pgf@last@processed@path}{\pgf@last@processed@path}% change the path
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgf@last@processed@path%
+ %
+ % Check whether the path is stroked. If so, add half the line width
+ % to the bounding box.
+ %
+ \ifpgf@relevantforpicturesize%
+ \ifx\pgf@up@stroke\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\pgf@picmaxx=-16000pt\relax%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@pathminx\advance\pgf@x by-.5\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x<\pgf@picminx\global\pgf@picminx\pgf@x\fi%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@pathminy\advance\pgf@y by-.5\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y<\pgf@picminy\global\pgf@picminy\pgf@y\fi%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@pathmaxx\advance\pgf@x by.5\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x>\pgf@picmaxx\global\pgf@picmaxx\pgf@x\fi%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@pathmaxy\advance\pgf@y by.5\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y>\pgf@picmaxy\global\pgf@picmaxy\pgf@y\fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ %
+ \ifx\pgf@up@clip\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifx\pgf@up@stroke\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifx\pgf@up@action\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifnum\pgf@tips@mode=2\relax%
+ \pgf@up@draw@arrows@only%
+ \fi%
+ \ifnum\pgf@tips@mode=4\relax%
+ \pgf@up@draw@arrows@only%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@invokecurrentpath%
+ \pgf@up@action%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \pgfgetpath\pgf@arrowpath%
+ \pgf@path@setup@tempswa%
+ \pgfprocesscheckclosed{\pgf@arrowpath}{\pgfutil@tempswafalse}%
+ \pgf@path@check@proper%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa%
+ \pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation%
+ \pgf@prepare@end@of@path%
+ \begingroup%
+ \pgf@prepare@start@of@path%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@invokecurrentpath%
+ \pgf@up@action%
+ \ifdim\pgfinnerlinewidth>0pt\relax%
+ \pgf@stroke@inner@line%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa%
+ \pgf@add@arrow@at@start%
+ \endgroup%
+ \pgf@add@arrow@at@end%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@invokecurrentpath%
+ \pgfsys@clipnext%
+ \pgf@up@action%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@up@bb%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgf@resetpathsizes%
+ \ignorespaces%
+}
+\def\pgf@path@setup@tempswa{%
+ \ifnum\pgf@tips@mode>0\relax
+ \pgfutil@tempswatrue%
+ \else
+ \pgfutil@tempswafalse%
+ \fi%
+}
+\def\pgf@up@draw@arrows@only{%
+ \pgfgetpath\pgf@arrowpath%
+ \pgfutil@tempswatrue%
+ \pgfprocesscheckclosed{\pgf@arrowpath}{\pgfutil@tempswafalse}%
+ \pgf@path@check@proper%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa%
+ \pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation%
+ \pgf@prepare@end@of@path%
+ \begingroup%
+ \pgf@prepare@start@of@path%
+ \pgf@add@arrow@at@start%
+ \endgroup%
+ \pgf@add@arrow@at@end%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation{\pgfsys@if@fresh@currentid{\pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation@}{}}%
+\def\pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation@{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgfsysanim@path@is@animated@\pgf@sys@id@current@id @\pgfsys@current@type\endcsname\pgfutil@empty%
+ % Ok, an animation is here!
+ \ifx\pgf@end@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty%
+ \ifx\pgf@start@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation@error%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation@error%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+\def\pgf@check@for@arrow@and@animation@error{\pgferror{Animated path may not have normal arrow tips. Use a base path with arrow tips}}
+
+\def\pgf@path@check@proper{%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa%
+ \ifnum\pgf@tips@mode>2\relax%
+ \pgf@path@check@proper@%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@path@check@proper@{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@x0pt\pgf@y\pgf@x%
+ \pgfutil@tempswatrue%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@movetotoken\pgf@path@proper@init%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@linetotoken\pgf@path@proper@test%%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken\pgf@path@proper@test%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportbtoken=\pgf@path@proper@test%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetotoken\pgf@path@proper@test%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@rectcornertoken\pgf@path@proper@test%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@rectsizetoken\pgf@path@proper@zero@test%
+ \let\pgfsyssoftpath@closepathtoken\pgf@path@proper@test%
+ % Execute the path:
+ \pgf@arrowpath%
+ \expandafter
+ }%
+ \ifpgfutil@tempswa\pgfutil@tempswafalse\else\pgfutil@tempswatrue\fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@path@proper@init#1#2{\pgfutil@tempswatrue\pgf@x#1\pgf@y#2}%
+\def\pgf@path@proper@test#1#2{%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x=#1\relax\else\pgfutil@tempswafalse\fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y=#2\relax\else\pgfutil@tempswafalse\fi}
+\def\pgf@path@proper@zero@test#1#2{%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x=0pt\relax\else\pgfutil@tempswafalse\fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y=0pt\relax\else\pgfutil@tempswafalse\fi}
+
+
+
+
+\def\pgf@stroke@inner@line{%
+ \let\pgf@temp@save=\pgf@strokecolor@global
+ \pgfsys@beginscope%
+ {%
+ \pgfsys@setlinewidth{\pgfinnerlinewidth}%
+ \pgfsetstrokecolor{\pgfinnerstrokecolor}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@invokecurrentpath%
+ \pgfsys@stroke%
+ }%
+ \pgfsys@endscope%
+ \global\let\pgf@strokecolor@global=\pgf@temp@save
+}
+
+\let\pgf@prepare@start@of@path\relax%
+
+
+
+
+% Shorten start/end of paths by a certain amount.
+%
+% #1 = amount by which paths should be shortened.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{10pt}{0pt}
+%
+% % The following has the same effect:
+% \pgfsetshortenstart{1pt}
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{11pt}{0pt}
+
+\def\pgfsetshortenstart#1{\pgfmathsetlength\pgf@shorten@start@additional{#1}}
+\def\pgfsetshortenend#1{\pgfmathsetlength\pgf@shorten@end@additional{#1}}
+
+\newdimen\pgf@shorten@end@additional
+\newdimen\pgf@shorten@start@additional
+
+
+
+%
+%
+% Handling the end of a path
+%
+%
+% The "handling" consists of first testing whether we need to do
+% anything at all, namely because either an arrow tip should be drawn
+% at the end or because the path should be shortened at the end. If
+% so, we shorten the path if needed and, later on, add the arrow tip.
+%
+
+\newif\ifpgf@worry
+
+
+% Prepare the end of the path: Test whether anything must be done
+% (step 0) and, if so, split the path (step 1), extract the interesting points from
+% the path (step 2), prepare further computations (step 3), shorten
+% the path (step 4) if necessary, and add the arrow tip (step 4 in
+% macro \pgf@add@arrow@at@end, which is called later).
+
+\def\pgf@prepare@end@of@path{%
+ \let\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix\relax% flag that nothing has happened...
+ \let\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix\relax%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\pgf@arrowpath%
+ %
+ % Step 0 start:
+ %
+ % Do we need to worry about the end?
+ %
+ \ifx\pgf@arrowpath\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \pgf@worryfalse%
+ \ifx\pgf@end@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@worrytrue% Yes, worry if we have to draw an arrow
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@precise@shorteningfalse%
+ \pgf@arrow@compute@shortening\pgf@end@tip@sequence%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@shorten@end@additional%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by\pgf@shorten@end@additional%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xa=0pt\relax\else\pgf@worrytrue\fi% Also, worry if shortening is requested
+ \edef\pgf@path@shortening@distance{\the\pgf@xa}%
+ \edef\pgf@arrow@tip@total@length{\the\pgf@xb}%
+ %
+ % Step 0 done.
+ %
+ \ifpgf@worry%
+ % Ok, need to "worry" about the end, either because we need to
+ % shorten it or to draw an arrow head.
+ %
+ % Step 1: Split
+ %
+ \pgfprocesssplitpath{\pgf@arrowpath}%
+ \pgfprocesssplitsubpath{\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix}%
+ %
+ % Step 2: extract
+ %
+ \expandafter\pgf@parse@end\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix\pgf@stop\pgf@stop\pgf@stop%
+ %
+ % Step 3: prep
+ %
+ \pgf@prep@end%
+ %
+ % Step 4: shorten
+ %
+ \ifdim\pgf@path@shortening@distance=0pt\else\pgf@do@shorten@end\fi%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrowpath%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathprefix\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgf@arrowpath%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@parse@end#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop% Only a moveto! -> do nothing!
+ \def\pgfpointlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \let\pgf@next\relax%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@end\relax%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@end\pgf@do@draw@straightend%
+ \let\pgf@prep@end\pgf@prep@movetoend%
+ \else\ifx#4\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken% A curve -> this will get complicated...
+ \def\pgfsubpathfourthlasttoken{#1}%
+ \def\pgfpointfourthlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \def\pgfpointthirdlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#5}{#6}}%
+ \ifpgf@precise@shortening%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@end\pgf@do@shorten@curvedend%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@end\pgf@do@draw@curvedend%
+ \let\pgf@prep@end\pgf@prep@curveend%
+ \else%
+ \def\pgfsubpathstart{\noexpand#1{#2}{#3}\noexpand#4{#5}{#6}}%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@end\pgf@do@shorten@straightend%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@end\pgf@do@draw@straightend%
+ \let\pgf@prep@end\pgf@prep@straightend%
+ \fi%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@parse@end@curve@cont%
+ \else% A straight line -> great!
+ \def\pgfsubpathstart{\noexpand#1{#2}{#3}\noexpand#4}%
+ \def\pgfpointsecondlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \def\pgfpointlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#5}{#6}}%
+ \let\pgfpointfourthlastonpath\relax%
+ \let\pgfpointthirdlastonpath\relax%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@parse@end@gobble@three%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@end\pgf@do@shorten@straightend%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@end\pgf@do@draw@straightend%
+ \let\pgf@prep@end\pgf@prep@straightend%
+ \fi\fi%
+ \pgf@next% Needed for reading rest of path...
+}
+
+\def\pgf@parse@end@gobble@three#1#2#3{}%
+\def\pgf@parse@end@curve@cont#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
+ \def\pgfpointsecondlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \def\pgfpointlastonpath{\pgfqpoint{#5}{#6}}%
+ \ifpgf@precise@shortening%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfsubpathstart\expandafter{\pgfsubpathstart\noexpand#1{#2}{#3}\noexpand#4}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+%
+% Preps
+%
+\def\pgf@prep@movetoend{%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointlastonpath}%
+ \pgf@xb\pgf@x
+ \pgf@yb\pgf@y
+ \pgf@xc\pgf@x
+ \pgf@yc\pgf@y
+}
+\def\pgf@prep@straightend{%
+ \let\pgf@ref\pgfpointsecondlastonpath
+ \ifx\pgfpointlastonpath\pgfpointsecondlastonpath% degenerate!
+ \ifx\pgfpointthirdlastonpath\relax% cannot help it: really a zero-length path
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgfpointlastonpath\pgfpointthirdlastonpath% double degenerate!
+ \let\pgf@ref\pgfpointfourthlastonpath% Use third point for reference.
+ \else
+ \let\pgf@ref\pgfpointthirdlastonpath% Use third point for reference.
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfpointlineatdistance{\pgf@path@shortening@distance}{\pgfpointlastonpath}{\pgf@ref}%
+ \pgf@xa\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya\pgf@y%
+}
+
+
+%
+% Line shortening for straight lines:
+%
+\def\pgf@do@shorten@straightend{%
+ \edef\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix{\pgfsubpathstart{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfprocessresultsubpathprefix\pgfprocessresultsubpathsuffix}%
+}
+
+
+%
+% Draw an end arrow by calling an appropriate subfunction, if necessary
+%
+
+\def\pgf@add@arrow@at@end{%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrowpath\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \ifx\pgf@end@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \pgf@do@draw@end%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+%
+% Draw an end arrow at the end of a straight line
+%
+\def\pgf@do@draw@straightend{%
+ {%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ \pgftransformarrow{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}%
+ \pgf@arrow@draw@arrow\pgf@end@tip@sequence\pgf@arrow@tip@total@length%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+%
+%
+% Handling the start of a path
+%
+%
+% The "handling" is similar to the case for the start of the path. We
+% may be able to skip the splitting if that was done already for the
+% end. Otherwise, things are basically the same.
+%
+
+% Prepare the start of the path: Test whether anything must be done
+% (step 0) and, if so, split the path (step 1) if necessary, extract
+% the interesting points from the path (step 2), prepare computations
+% (step 3) needed for both shortening and tip adding, shorten the path
+% (step 4), and add the arrow tip (step 5 in macro
+% \pgf@add@arrow@at@start, which is called later).
+
+\def\pgf@prepare@start@of@path{%
+ %
+ % Step 0 start:
+ %
+ % Do we need to worry about the start?
+ %
+ \ifx\pgf@arrowpath\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \pgf@worryfalse%
+ \ifx\pgf@start@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty\else\pgf@worrytrue\fi% Yes, worry if we have to draw an arrow
+ \pgf@precise@shorteningfalse%
+ \pgf@arrow@compute@shortening\pgf@start@tip@sequence%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@shorten@start@additional%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by\pgf@shorten@start@additional%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xa=0pt\relax\else\pgf@worrytrue\fi% Also, worry if shortening is requested
+ \edef\pgf@path@shortening@distance{\the\pgf@xa}%
+ \edef\pgf@arrow@tip@total@length{\the\pgf@xb}%
+ %
+ % Step 0 done.
+ %
+ \ifpgf@worry%
+ % Ok, need to "worry" about the start, either because we need to
+ % shorten it or to draw an arrow head.
+ %
+ % Step 1: Split
+ %
+ \ifx\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix\relax%
+ % Ok, still need to compute the split:
+ \pgfprocesssplitpath{\pgf@arrowpath}%
+ \fi%
+ %
+ % Step 2: extract
+ %
+ \expandafter\pgf@parse@start\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix\pgf@stop\pgf@stop\pgf@stop%
+ %
+ % Step 3: prep
+ %
+ \pgf@prep@start%
+ %
+ % Step 4: shorten
+ %
+ \ifdim\pgf@path@shortening@distance=0pt\else\pgf@do@shorten@start\fi%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@arrowpath%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathprefix\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgf@arrowpath%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@parse@start#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \def\pgfpointfirstonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \def\pgfpointsecondonpath{\pgfqpoint{#5}{#6}}%
+ \let\pgfpointthirdonpath\relax%
+ \let\pgfpointfourthonpath\relax%
+ \def\pgfsubpathfirsttoken{\noexpand#1}%
+ \def\pgfsubpathsecondtoken{\noexpand#4}%
+ \ifx#4\pgf@stop% Only a moveto! -> do nothing!
+ \let\pgf@next\relax%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@start\relax%
+ \let\pgf@prep@start\pgf@prep@movetostart%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@start\pgf@do@draw@straightstart%
+ \else\ifx#4\pgfsyssoftpath@curvetosupportatoken% A curve -> this will get complicated...
+ \ifpgf@precise@shortening%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@parse@start@curve@cont%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@start\pgf@do@shorten@curvedstart%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@start\pgf@do@draw@curvedstart%
+ \let\pgf@prep@start\pgf@prep@curvedstart%
+ \else% can treat the end like a straight line...
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@parse@start@curve@cont@straight%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@start\pgf@do@shorten@straightstart%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@start\pgf@do@draw@straightstart%
+ \let\pgf@prep@start\pgf@prep@straightstart%
+ \fi%
+ \else% A straight line -> great!
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@parse@start@till@stop%
+ \let\pgf@do@shorten@start\pgf@do@shorten@straightstart%
+ \let\pgf@do@draw@start\pgf@do@draw@straightstart%
+ \let\pgf@prep@start\pgf@prep@straightstart%
+ \fi\fi%
+ \pgf@next% Needed for reading rest of path...
+}
+
+\def\pgf@parse@start@till@stop#1\pgf@stop\pgf@stop\pgf@stop{\def\pgfsubpathend{#1}}%
+
+\def\pgf@parse@start@curve@cont#1#2#3#4#5#6#7\pgf@stop\pgf@stop\pgf@stop{%
+ \def\pgfpointthirdonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \def\pgfpointfourthonpath{\pgfqpoint{#5}{#6}}%
+ \def\pgfsubpathend{#7}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@parse@start@curve@cont@straight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7\pgf@stop\pgf@stop\pgf@stop{%
+ \def\pgfpointthirdonpath{\pgfqpoint{#2}{#3}}%
+ \def\pgfpointfourthonpath{\pgfqpoint{#5}{#6}}%
+ \def\pgfsubpathend{#1{#2}{#3}#4{#5}{#6}#7}%
+}
+
+%
+% Preps
+%
+\def\pgf@prep@movetostart{%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointfirstonpath}%
+ \pgf@xb\pgf@x
+ \pgf@yb\pgf@y
+ \pgf@xc\pgf@x
+ \pgf@yc\pgf@y
+}
+\def\pgf@prep@straightstart{%
+ \let\pgf@ref\pgfpointsecondonpath
+ \ifx\pgfpointfirstonpath\pgfpointsecondonpath% degenerate!
+ \ifx\pgfpointthirdonpath\relax% cannot help it: really a zero-length path
+ \else%
+ \ifx\pgfpointfirstonpath\pgfpointthirdonpath% double degenerate!
+ \let\pgf@ref\pgfpointfourthonpath% Use third point for reference.
+ \else
+ \let\pgf@ref\pgfpointthirdonpath% Use third point for reference.
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfpointlineatdistance{\pgf@path@shortening@distance}{\pgfpointfirstonpath}{\pgf@ref}%
+ \pgf@xa\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya\pgf@y%
+}
+
+%
+% Line shortening for straight lines:
+%
+\def\pgf@do@shorten@straightstart{%
+ \edef\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix{\pgfsubpathfirsttoken{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}\pgfsubpathsecondtoken{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\pgfprocessresultpathsuffix\pgfsubpathend}%
+}
+
+
+%
+% Draw a start arrow by calling an appropriate subfunction, if necessary
+%
+
+\def\pgf@add@arrow@at@start{%
+ \ifx\pgf@arrowpath\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \ifx\pgf@start@tip@sequence\pgfutil@empty\else%
+ \pgf@do@draw@start%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+%
+% Draw an start arrow at the start of a straight line
+%
+\def\pgf@do@draw@straightstart{%
+ {%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ \pgftransformarrow{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}%
+ \pgf@arrow@draw@arrow\pgf@start@tip@sequence\pgf@arrow@tip@total@length%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+\let\pgf@shorten@end=\pgfutil@empty
+\let\pgf@shorten@start=\pgfutil@empty
+
+
+\endinput%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2e438dfc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorepatterns.code.tex}
+
+% Creates a new uncolored pattern
+%
+% [#1] = optional list of variables.
+% #2 = pattern name
+% #3 = lower left of bounding box
+% #4 = upper right of bounding box
+% #5 = step vector
+% #6 = pattern code
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Declares a new uncolored pattern. An uncolored pattern is a pattern
+% that has no inherent color. When the pattern is used, a color for
+% the pattern must be supplied.
+%
+% See the pdf-manual for more details on uncolored patterns.
+%
+% Specifying a variable list makes the pattern ``mutable''.
+%
+% The bounding box must be a bounding box of the pattern cell.
+%
+% The step vector must provide the x- and y-step by which the cells
+% are spaced.
+%
+% The pattern code should be pgf code that can be protocolled.
+%
+% The transformation matrix will be reset prior to invoking the
+% pattern code.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclarepatternformonly{stars}{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% {\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}{
+% \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{.5cm}{.5cm}}
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointpolar{0}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{144}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{288}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{72}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{216}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathclose%
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+% }
+%
+\def\pgfdeclarepatternformonly{%
+ \def\pgf@pattern@type{formonly}%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@declarepattern@checkarg}{\pgf@declarepattern@checkarg[]}%
+}
+
+
+% Creates a new colored pattern
+%
+% [#1] = optional list of variables.
+% #2 = pattern name
+% #3 = lower left of bounding box
+% #4 = upper right of bounding box
+% #5 = step vector
+% #6 = pattern code
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Declares a new colored pattern. Such patterns have a one or more
+% fixed inherent colors. See the pdf-manual for more details on
+% uncolored patterns.
+%
+% The parameters have the same effect as for uncolored patterns.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclarepatterninherentlycolored{red stars}{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% {\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}{
+% \pgfsetfillcolor{red}
+% \pgfsetstrokecolor{black}
+% \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{.5cm}{.5cm}}
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointpolar{0}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{144}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{288}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{72}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{216}{4mm}}
+% \pgfpathclose%
+% \pgfusepath{stroke,fill}
+% }
+%
+\def\pgfdeclarepatterninherentlycolored{%
+ \def\pgf@pattern@type{inherentlycolored}%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@declarepattern@checkarg}{\pgf@declarepattern@checkarg[]}%
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+\def\pgf@declarepattern@checkarg[#1]{%
+ \def\pgf@pattern@tempvars{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@pattern@tempvars\pgfutil@empty%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@next\csname pgf@declarepattern\pgf@pattern@type\endcsname%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@next\csname pgf@declarepattern\pgf@pattern@type @mutable\endcsname%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next}
+
+\long\def\pgf@declarepatternformonly#1#2#3#4#5{\pgf@declarepattern{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{0}}
+
+\long\def\pgf@declarepatterninherentlycolored#1#2#3#4#5{\pgf@declarepattern{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{1}}
+
+\long\def\pgf@declarepatternformonly@mutable#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \def\pgf@marshal{\pgf@declarepatternmutable{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@marshal\expandafter{\pgf@pattern@tempvars}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{2}%
+}
+
+\long\def\pgf@declarepatterninherentlycolored@mutable#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \def\pgf@marshal{\pgf@declarepatternmutable{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@marshal\expandafter{\pgf@pattern@tempvars}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{3}%
+}
+
+\def\pgfsys@patternmatrix{{1.0}{0.0}{0.0}{1.0}{0.0pt}{0.0pt}}
+\def\pgf@declarepattern#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@pattern@name@#1}{%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@getcurrentprotocol\pgf@pattern@temp%
+ {%
+ \pgfinterruptpath%
+ \pgfpicturetrue%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@setcurrentprotocol\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@bufferedtrue%
+ \pgfsys@beginscope%
+ \pgfsetarrows{-}%
+ #5%
+ \pgfsys@endscope%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@getcurrentprotocol\pgf@pattern@code%
+ \global\let\pgf@pattern@code=\pgf@pattern@code%
+ \endpgfinterruptpath%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#4}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ % Now, build a name for the pattern
+ \pgfutil@tempcnta=\pgf@pattern@number%
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempcnta by1\relax%
+ \xdef\pgf@pattern@number{\the\pgfutil@tempcnta}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname pgf@pattern@name@#1\endcsname{\the\pgfutil@tempcnta}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@type@#1\endcsname{#6}%
+ \xdef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand\pgfsys@declarepattern
+ {\csname pgf@pattern@name@#1\endcsname}% name
+ {\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}% bbox
+ {\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}% x/y step
+ \pgfsys@patternmatrix% transformation matrix
+ {\pgf@pattern@code}{#6}}%
+ }%
+ \pgfsysprotocol@setcurrentprotocol\pgf@pattern@temp%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@pattern@instantiate@#1\endcsname=\pgf@marshal%
+ }
+ {%
+ \pgferror{Pattern `#1' already defined}%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@pattern@number{0}%
+
+\def\pgf@declarepatternmutable#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@pattern@name@#1}{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@name@#1\endcsname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@variables@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@lowerleft@#1\endcsname{#3}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@upperright@#1\endcsname{#4}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@tilesize@#1\endcsname{#5}%
+ \expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@code@#1\endcsname{#6}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@type@#1\endcsname{#7}%
+ }{\pgferror{The pattern `#1' is already defined}}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@ifpatternisinherentlycolored#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifodd\csname pgf@pattern@type@#1\endcsname\relax#2\else#3\fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@ifpatternismutable#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\csname pgf@pattern@type@#1\endcsname>1\relax#2\else#3\fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgfpatternreleasename#1{\expandafter\let\csname pgf@pattern@name@#1\endcsname\relax}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% Set an pattern as fill color
+%
+% #1 = Name of the pattern
+% #2 = Color to be used for the pattern. If the pattern is already
+% colored, this parameter is ignored.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Sets the pattern for subsequent filling operations.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetfillpattern{stars}{red}
+%
+\def\pgfsetfillpattern#1#2{%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@pattern@name@#1}%
+ {%
+ \pgferror{Undefined pattern `#1'}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \pgf@ifpatternismutable{#1}%
+ {%
+ % So, a mutable pattern. Check to see if the pattern
+ % has been used with the current variable values...
+ \let\pgf@pattern@tempvars\pgfutil@empty%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pgf@pattern@check@vars%
+ \csname pgf@pattern@variables@#1\endcsname,\pgf@stop,%
+ \edef\pgf@pattern@nametemp{pgf@pattern@#1@\pgf@pattern@tempvars}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@ifundefined\expandafter{\pgf@pattern@nametemp}%
+ {%
+ % ...Nope. So declare a new instance of the mutable pattern.
+ \pgf@ifpatternisinherentlycolored{#1}%
+ {\let\pgf@set@fillpattern@declare\pgfdeclarepatterninherentlycolored}%
+ {\let\pgf@set@fillpattern@declare\pgfdeclarepatternformonly}%
+ \pgf@set@fillpattern@declare%
+ {\pgf@pattern@nametemp}%
+ {\csname pgf@pattern@lowerleft@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\csname pgf@pattern@upperright@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\csname pgf@pattern@tilesize@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\csname pgf@pattern@code@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ % ...Yep. So do nothing.
+ }%
+ \expandafter\pgf@set@fillpattern\expandafter{\pgf@pattern@nametemp}{#2}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname\pgf@pattern@nametemp\endcsname{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ % A non-mutable pattern.
+ \pgf@set@fillpattern{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+\def\pgf@set@fillpattern#1#2{%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@pattern@name@#1}{%
+ \pgferror{Undefined pattern `#1'}}
+ {%
+ \csname pgf@pattern@instantiate@#1\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@pattern@instantiate@#1\endcsname=\relax%
+ \pgf@ifpatternisinherentlycolored{#1}{%
+ \pgfsys@setpatterncolored{\csname pgf@pattern@name@#1\endcsname}%
+ }{%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgf@tempcolor}{#2}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{pgf@tempcolor}}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgf@tempcolor}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{rgb}{\pgf@rgbcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@set@fill@patternuncolored\pgf@rgbcolor\relax{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@set@fill@patternuncolored#1,#2,#3\relax#4{%
+ \pgfsys@setpatternuncolored{\csname pgf@pattern@name@#4\endcsname}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@pattern@check@vars#1,{%
+ \ifx#1\pgf@stop%
+ \let\pgf@next\relax%
+ \else%
+ \afterassignment\pgfmath@gobbletilpgfmath@%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@pattern@char#1#1\pgfmath@%
+ \ifx\pgf@pattern@char/%
+ \edef\pgf@pattern@tempvar{(\pgfkeysvalueof{#1})}%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\ifcat\pgf@pattern@char\relax%
+ \edef\pgf@pattern@tempvar{(\the#1)}%
+ \else%
+ \edef\pgf@pattern@tempvar{(#1)}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \edef\pgf@pattern@tempvars{\pgf@pattern@tempvars\pgf@pattern@tempvar}%
+ \let\pgf@next\pgf@pattern@check@vars%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@next%
+}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c28f20b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1212 @@
+% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorepoints.code.tex}
+
+\newdimen\pgf@picminx
+\newdimen\pgf@picmaxx
+\newdimen\pgf@picminy
+\newdimen\pgf@picmaxy
+
+\newdimen\pgf@pathminx
+\newdimen\pgf@pathmaxx
+\newdimen\pgf@pathminy
+\newdimen\pgf@pathmaxy
+
+\newif\ifpgf@relevantforpicturesize
+
+\def\pgf@process#1{{#1\global\pgf@x=\pgf@x\global\pgf@y=\pgf@y}}
+
+% Save a point.
+%
+% #1 = macro for storing point.
+% #2 = code for point (should define x and y)
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfextract@process\mypoint{\pgf@x=10pt \pgf@y10pt}
+% \pgfextract@process\myarcpoint{\pgfpointpolar{30}{5cm and 2cm}}
+
+\def\pgfextract@process#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \edef#1{\noexpand\global\pgf@x=\the\pgf@x\noexpand\relax\noexpand\global\pgf@y=\the\pgf@y\noexpand\relax}%
+}
+% This needed until old shapes code changed.
+\let\pgfsavepgf@process\pgfextract@process%
+
+
+% Return a point
+%
+% #1 = x-coordinate of the point
+% #2 = y-coordinate of the point
+%
+% x = #1
+% y = #2
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{2pt+3cm}{3cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpoint#1#2{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@y{#2}\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Quickly a point
+%
+% #1 = x-coordinate of the point (no calculations done)
+% #2 = y-coordinate of the point (no calculations done)
+%
+% x = #1
+% y = #2
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{2pt}{3cm}}
+
+\def\pgfqpoint#1#2{\global\pgf@x=#1\relax\global\pgf@y=#2\relax}
+
+
+
+% Return the origin.
+%
+% x = 0
+% y = 0
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}
+
+\def\pgfpointorigin{\global\pgf@x=0pt \global\pgf@y=\pgf@x\ignorespaces}
+
+
+
+% Return a transformed point
+%
+% #1 = a point
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command applies pgf's current transformation matrix to the
+% given point. Normally, this is done automatically by commands like
+% lineto or moveto, but sometimes you may wish to access a transformed
+% point yourself. In the below example, this command is used for a low level
+% coordinate system shift.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \begin{pgflowleveltransformshiftscope}{\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpointorigin}}
+% \pgfbox[center,center]{Hi!}
+% \end{pgflowleveltransformshiftscope}
+
+\def\pgfpointtransformed#1{%
+ \pgf@process{%
+ #1%
+ \pgf@pos@transform@glob%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% Return the difference vector of two points.
+%
+% #1 = start of vector
+% #2 = end of vector
+%
+% x = x-component of difference
+% y = y-component of difference
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointdiff{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{2}{3}}}
+
+\def\pgfpointdiff#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@xa\relax%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by-\pgf@ya\relax\ignorespaces}
+
+% Add two vectors.
+%
+% #1 = first vector
+% #2 = second vector
+%
+% x = x-component of addition
+% y = y-component of addition
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointadd{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{2}{3}}}
+
+\def\pgfpointadd#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya}
+
+
+
+% Multiply a vector by a factor.
+%
+% #1 = factor
+% #2 = vector
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpointscale{2}{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}
+
+\def\pgfpointscale#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgfmathresult\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgfmathresult\pgf@y%
+}
+% A "quick" variant of \pgfpointscale which doesn't invoke the math parser for '#1'.
+% #1 must be a number without units, no registers are accepted.
+\def\pgfqpointscale#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \global\pgf@x=#1\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@y=#1\pgf@y%
+}
+
+
+% The intersection of two lines
+%
+% #1 = point on first line
+% #2 = another point on first line
+% #3 = point on second line
+% #4 = another point on second line
+%
+% Returns the intersection of the two lines. If there is no
+% intersection or if the points #1 and #2 or the points #3 and #4 are
+% identical, the behaviour is not specified.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpointintersectionoflines{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{1}{0}}{\pgfpointxy{2}{2}}{\pgfpointxy{3}{4}}
+
+\def\pgfpointintersectionoflines#1#2#3#4{%
+ {%
+ %
+ % Compute orthogonal vector to #1--#2
+ %
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@ya%
+ % Normalise a bit
+ \c@pgf@counta=\pgf@xa%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@counta<0\relax%
+ \c@pgf@counta=-\c@pgf@counta\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@ya%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@countb<0\relax%
+ \c@pgf@countb=-\c@pgf@countb\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \advance\c@pgf@counta by\c@pgf@countb\relax%
+ \divide\c@pgf@counta by 65536\relax%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@counta>0\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@xa by\c@pgf@counta\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@ya by\c@pgf@counta\relax%
+ \fi%
+ %
+ % Compute projection
+ %
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\pgf@y%
+ %
+ % The orthogonal vector is (\pgf@ya,\pgf@xa)
+ %
+ %
+ % Compute orthogonal vector to #3--#4
+ %
+ \pgf@process{#4}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by-\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@yb=-\pgf@yb%
+ % Normalise a bit
+ \c@pgf@counta=\pgf@xb%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@counta<0\relax%
+ \c@pgf@counta=-\c@pgf@counta\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@yb%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@countb<0\relax%
+ \c@pgf@countb=-\c@pgf@countb\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \advance\c@pgf@counta by\c@pgf@countb\relax%
+ \divide\c@pgf@counta by 65536\relax%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@counta>0\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@xb by\c@pgf@counta\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@yb by\c@pgf@counta\relax%
+ \fi%
+ %
+ % Compute projection
+ %
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yb}\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}\pgf@y%
+ %
+ % The orthogonal vector is (\pgf@yb,\pgf@xb)
+ %
+ % Setup transformation matrix (this is just to use the matrix
+ % inversion)
+ %
+ \pgfsettransform{{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yb}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xb}{0pt}{0pt}}%
+ \pgftransforminvert%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}}%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% The intersection of two circles
+%
+% #1 = center of first circle
+% #2 = center of second circle
+% #3 = radius of first circle
+% #4 = radius of second circle
+% #5 = solution number
+%
+% Returns the intersection of the two circles. If #5 is to "1", the
+% first intersection is returned, otherwise the second. If the circles
+% do not intersect, an error may occur.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpointintersectionofcircles{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{1}{0}}{1cm}{1cm}{1}
+
+\def\pgfpointintersectionofcircles#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ {%
+ % Store first point in (xa,ya) and radius in xc.
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@xc}{#3}%
+ % Store second point in (xb,yb) and radius in yc.
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@yc}{#4}%
+ %
+ % Ok, now make numbers smaller, in case they are too large
+ %
+ \c@pgf@counta=1\relax%
+ \loop%
+ \pgf@scale@downfalse%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc>50pt\relax%
+ \pgf@scale@downtrue%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@yc>50pt\relax%
+ \pgf@scale@downtrue%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgf@scale@down%
+ \multiply\c@pgf@counta by2\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@xa by2\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@ya by2\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@xb by2\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@yb by2\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@xc by2\relax%
+ \divide\pgf@yc by2\relax%
+ \repeat%
+ % The following code is taken from the Dr. Math internet forum:
+ %
+ % Let the centers be: (a,b), (c,d)
+ % Let the radii be: r, s
+ %
+ % e = c - a [difference in x coordinates]
+ % f = d - b [difference in y coordinates]
+ % p = sqrt(e^2 + f^2) [distance between centers]
+ % k = (p^2 + r^2 - s^2)/(2p) [distance from center 1 to line
+ % joining points of intersection]
+ % x = a + ek/p + (f/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ % y = b + fk/p - (e/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ % OR
+ % x = a + ek/p - (f/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ % y = b + fk/p + (e/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ %
+ % Since we are running low on registers, use
+ % \dimen0 for e
+ % \dimen1 for f
+ % \dimen2 for p
+ % \dimen3 for p^2
+ % \dimen4 for k
+ % \dimen5 for 1/p
+ % \dimen6 for sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ % \dimen7 for k^2
+ % \dimen8 for k/p
+ % \dimen9 for sqrt(r^2 - k^2)/p
+ % Also note that:
+ % \pgf@xa for a
+ % \pgf@ya for b
+ % \pgf@xb for c
+ % \pgf@yb for d
+ % \pgf@xc for r
+ % \pgf@yc for s
+ %
+ % Now:
+ % e = c - a
+ \dimen0=\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\dimen0 by-\pgf@xa%
+ % f = d - b
+ \dimen1=\pgf@yb%
+ \advance\dimen1 by-\pgf@ya%
+ % p^2 = e^2 + f^2
+ \pgf@x=\dimen0\relax%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}\pgf@x%
+ \dimen3=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@x=\dimen1\relax%
+ \advance\dimen3 by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}\pgf@x%
+ % p = sqrt(p^2)
+ \pgfmathparse{sqrt(\the\dimen3)}%
+ \dimen2=\pgfmathresult pt%
+ % 1/p = 1/p
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgfmathresult}%
+ \dimen5=\pgfmathresult pt%
+ % k = (p^2 + r^2 - s^2)/(2p)
+ \dimen4=\dimen3\relax%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\dimen4 by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}\pgf@x\relax%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\dimen4 by-\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}\pgf@x\relax%
+ \dimen4=.5\dimen4%
+ \dimen4=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen5}\dimen4%
+ % dimen7 is k^2
+ \dimen7=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen4}\dimen4\relax%
+ % dimen6 is sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ \pgfmathparse{sqrt(\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\pgf@xc-\the\dimen7)}%
+ \dimen6=\pgfmathresult pt%
+ % dimen8 is k/p
+ \dimen8=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen4}\dimen5\relax%
+ % dimen9 is sqrt(r^2 - k^2)/p
+ \dimen9=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen6}\dimen5\relax%
+ \ifnum#5=1\relax%
+ % x = a + ek/p + (f/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen0}\dimen8\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen1}\dimen9\relax%
+ % y = b + fk/p - (e/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen1}\dimen8\relax%
+ %temp
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen0}\dimen9%
+ \pgf@xb=-\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@xb\relax%
+ \else%
+ % x = a + ek/p - (f/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xa%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen0}\dimen8\relax%
+ %temp
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen1}\dimen9%
+ \pgf@xb=-\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xb\relax%
+ % y = b + fk/p + (e/p)sqrt(r^2 - k^2)
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen1}\dimen8\relax%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@sys@tonumber{\dimen0}\dimen9\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@x=\c@pgf@counta\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@y=\c@pgf@counta\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{}% get results outside
+ }%
+}
+\newif\ifpgf@scale@down
+
+
+% Returns point on a line from #2 to #3 at time #1.
+%
+% #1 = a time, where 0 is the start and 1 is the end
+% #2 = start point
+% #3 = end point
+%
+% x = x-component of #1*start + (1-#1)*end
+% y = y-component of #1*start + (1-#1)*end
+% xa/ya = #1*start + (1-#1)*end
+% xb/yb = start point
+% xc/yc = end point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Middle of (1,1) and (2,3)
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointlineattime{0.5}{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{2}{3}}}
+
+\def\pgfpointlineattime#1#2#3{%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xa\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@xc\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xb\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb\pgf@y%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@y%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@temp\pgf@xa%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@temp\pgf@ya%
+}
+
+
+% Move point #2 #1 many units in the direction of #3.
+%
+% #1 = a distance
+% #2 = start point
+% #3 = end point
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Computes
+%
+% x/y = start + #1*(normalise(end-start))
+%
+% and additionally
+%
+% xa/ya = #1*(normalise(end-start))
+% xb/yb = start
+% xc/yc = end
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointlineatdistance{2pt}{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{2}{3}}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointlineatdistance{3pt}{\pgfpointxy{2}{3}}{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}}
+
+\def\pgfpointlineatdistance#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xa{#1}%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xb\pgf@x% xb/yb = start point
+ \pgf@yb\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xc\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc\pgf@y%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@xb\relax%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by-\pgf@yb\relax%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointnormalised{}}% x/y = normalised vector
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@xa\relax%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@y}\pgf@ya%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@xb\relax%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@yb\relax%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xa\relax%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@ya\relax%
+}
+
+
+% Returns point on a curve from #2 to #5 with controls #3 and #4 at time #1.
+%
+% #1 = a time
+% #2 = start point
+% #3 = first control point
+% #4 = second control point
+% #5 = end point
+%
+% x = x-component of place on the curve at time t
+% y = y-component of place on the curve at time t
+%
+% Additionally, (\pgf@xa,\pgf@ya) and (\pgf@xb,\pgf@yb) will be on a
+% tangent to the point on the curve (this can be useful for computing
+% a label rotation). (\pgf@xc,\pgf@yc) will be equal to the end
+% point. \pgf@time@s will equal the value of #1 and \pgf@time@t will
+% equal 1-#1.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Middle of (1,1) and (2,3)
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointcurveattime{0.5}{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}{\pgfpointxy{2}{3}}}
+
+\def\pgfpointcurveattime#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgf@time@s=\pgfmathresult%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgfmathresult pt%
+ \global\pgf@x=-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@x by 1pt%
+ \edef\pgf@time@t{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@process{#5}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#4}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ % First iteration:
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@time@t\pgf@x\global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@time@s\pgf@xa%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@time@t\pgf@y\global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@time@s\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@time@t\pgf@xa\advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@time@s\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@time@t\pgf@ya\advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@time@s\pgf@yb%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@time@t\pgf@xb\advance\pgf@xb by\pgf@time@s\pgf@xc%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@time@t\pgf@yb\advance\pgf@yb by\pgf@time@s\pgf@yc%
+ % Second iteration:
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@time@t\pgf@x\global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@time@s\pgf@xa%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@time@t\pgf@y\global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@time@s\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@time@t\pgf@xa\advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@time@s\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@time@t\pgf@ya\advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@time@s\pgf@yb%
+ % Save x/y
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ % Third iteration:
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@time@t\pgf@x\global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@time@s\pgf@xa%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@time@t\pgf@y\global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@time@s\pgf@ya%
+}
+
+
+
+% Returns point on an arc at a certain "time"
+%
+% #1 = a time
+% #2 = center of a ellipse
+% #3 = 0-degree axis of the ellipse
+% #4 = 90-degree axis of the ellipse
+% #5 = start angle of an arc on the ellipse
+% #6 = end angle of an arc on the ellipse
+%
+% Result:
+%
+% \pgf@x = x-component of place on the arc at time t
+% \pgf@y = y-component of place on the arc at time t
+%
+% Additionally, (\pgf@xa,\pgf@ya) will be a tangent to the
+% point on the arc (this can be useful for computing a label rotation).
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpointarcaxesattime{0.25}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}{1cm}{30}{40}
+
+\def\pgfpointarcaxesattime#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@angle@start{#5}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@angle@end{#6}%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgfmathresult pt%
+ \global\pgf@x=-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@x by 1pt%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@angle@mid{\pgf@angle@end*\pgfmathresult+\pgf@angle@start*\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgfmathcos@{\pgf@angle@mid}%
+ \let\pgf@angle@cos\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathsin@{\pgf@angle@mid}%
+ \let\pgf@angle@sin\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \edef\pgf@angle@zero@axis{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}
+ \pgf@process{#4}%
+ \edef\pgf@angle@ninety@axis{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}
+ % Compute tangent
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointadd{\pgfpointscale{\pgf@angle@sin}{\pgf@angle@zero@axis}}%
+ {\pgfpointscale{-\pgf@angle@cos}{\pgf@angle@ninety@axis}}}%
+ \ifdim\pgf@angle@start pt>\pgf@angle@end pt%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@xa=-\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@y%
+ \fi%
+ % Compute position
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointadd{#2}{%
+ \pgfpointadd{\pgfpointscale{\pgf@angle@cos}{\pgf@angle@zero@axis}}%
+ {\pgfpointscale{\pgf@angle@sin}{\pgf@angle@ninety@axis}}}}%
+}
+
+
+
+% Internal registers
+\newdimen\pgf@xx
+\newdimen\pgf@xy
+\newdimen\pgf@yx
+\newdimen\pgf@yy
+\newdimen\pgf@zx
+\newdimen\pgf@zy
+
+
+
+% A polar coordinate
+%
+% #1 = a degree
+% #2 = a radius -- either a dimension or two dimensions separated by
+% " and ".
+%
+% x = (first dimension in #2) * cos(#1)
+% y = (second dimension in #2) * sin(#2)
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointpolar{30}{1cm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{30}{1cm and 2cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpointpolar#1#2{%
+ \pgfutil@in@{and }{#2}%
+ \ifpgfutil@in@%
+ \pgf@polar@#2\@@%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@polar@#2 and #2\@@%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgfpoint@angle=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathcos@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgfmathresult\pgf@x%
+ \pgfmathsin@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgfmathresult\pgf@y%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@polar@#1and #2\@@{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@y}{#2}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@x}{#1}%
+}
+
+% Quick version of the polar coordinate method
+
+\def\pgfqpointpolar#1#2{%
+ \global\pgf@x=#2%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@x%
+ \pgfmathcos@{#1}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgfmathresult\pgf@x%
+ \pgfmathsin@{#1}%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgfmathresult\pgf@y\relax%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% A polar coordinate in the xy plane.
+%
+% #1 = a degree
+% #2 = a radius given as a number or two radii
+%
+% result = (first dim in #2) * x-vector * cos(#1) +
+% (second dim in #2) * y-vector * sin(#1)
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointpolarxy{30}{2}}
+
+\def\pgfpointpolarxy#1#2{%
+ \pgfutil@in@{and }{#2}%
+ \ifpgfutil@in@%
+ \pgf@polarxy@#2\@@%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@polarxy@#2and #2\@@%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgfpoint@angle=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathcos@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgfmathresult\pgf@xa%
+ \pgfmathsin@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgfmathresult\pgf@ya%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\pgf@xx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}\pgf@yx%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\pgf@xy%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}\pgf@yy}
+
+\def\pgf@polarxy@#1and #2\@@{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@xa}{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@ya}{#2}%
+}
+
+
+
+% A cylindrical coordinate.
+%
+% #1 = a degree
+% #2 = a radius given as a number
+% #3 = a height given as a number
+%
+% result = #2*(x-vector * cos(#1) + y-vector * sin(#1)) + #3*z-vector
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointcylindrical{30}{2}{1}}
+
+\def\pgfpointcylindrical#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfpointpolarxy{#1}{#2}%
+ \pgfmathparse{#3}%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by \pgfmathresult\pgf@zx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by \pgfmathresult\pgf@zy}
+
+
+% A spherical coordinate.
+%
+% #1 = a longitude
+% #2 = a latitude
+% #3 = a radius
+%
+% result = #3*(cos(#2)*(x-vector * cos(#1) + y-vector * sin(#1)) + sin(#2)*z-vector)
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointspherical{30}{30}{2}}
+
+\def\pgfpointspherical#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgfpoint@angle=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathsin@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgfmathresult\pgf@xx%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgfmathresult\pgf@xy%
+ \pgfmathcos@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by \pgfmathresult\pgf@yx%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by \pgfmathresult\pgf@yy%
+ %
+ \pgfmathparse{#2}%
+ \let\pgfpoint@angle=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathcos@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgfmathresult\pgf@xb%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgfmathresult\pgf@yb%
+ \pgfmathsin@{\pgfpoint@angle}%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by \pgfmathresult\pgf@zx%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by \pgfmathresult\pgf@zy%
+ \pgfmathparse{#3}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgfmathresult\pgf@xc%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgfmathresult\pgf@yc\relax%
+}
+
+
+% Store the vector #1 * x-vec + #2 * y-vec
+%
+% #1 = a factor for the x-vector
+% #2 = a factor for the y-vector
+%
+% x = x-component of result vector
+% y = y-component of result vector
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command can be used to create a new coordinate system
+% without using the rotate/translate/scale commands. This
+% may be useful, if you do not want arrows and line width to
+% be scaled/transformed together with the coordinate system.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Create a slanted rectangle
+%
+% \pgfsetxvec{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfsetyvec{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointxy{0}{0}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointxy{1}{0}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointxy{0}{1}}
+% \pgfclosestroke
+
+\def\pgfpointxy#1#2{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgftemp@x=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathparse{#2}%
+ \let\pgftemp@y=\pgfmathresult%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgftemp@x\pgf@xx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by \pgftemp@y\pgf@yx%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgftemp@x\pgf@xy%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by \pgftemp@y\pgf@yy}
+
+
+% "Quick" variant for \pgfpointxy.
+%
+% Only numbers without unit are allowed here.
+\def\pgfqpointxy#1#2{%
+ \global\pgf@x=#1\pgf@xx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by #2\pgf@yx%
+ \global\pgf@y=#1\pgf@xy%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by #2\pgf@yy}
+
+% Store the vector #1 * x-vec + #2 * y-vec + #3 * z-vec
+%
+% #1 = a factor for the x-vector
+% #2 = a factor for the y-vector
+% #3 = a factor for the z-vector
+%
+% x = x-component of result vector
+% y = y-component of result vector
+%
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command allows you to use a 3d coordinate system.
+%
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% % Draw a cubus
+%
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{0}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{0}{0}{1}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{1}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{0}{1}{1}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{1}{0}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{0}{1}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{1}{1}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{1}{1}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{0}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{0}{1}{0}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxyz{0}{1}{1}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{1}{0}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{1}{0}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{1}{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{1}{1}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{0}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{0}{0}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{0}{1}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{0}{1}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{1}{0}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{1}{0}}
+% \pgfline{\pgfpointxyz{0}{1}{1}}{\pgfpointxyz{1}{1}{1}}
+
+\def\pgfpointxyz#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgftemp@x=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathparse{#2}%
+ \let\pgftemp@y=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathparse{#3}%
+ \let\pgftemp@z=\pgfmathresult%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgftemp@x\pgf@xx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by \pgftemp@y\pgf@yx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by \pgftemp@z\pgf@zx%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgftemp@x\pgf@xy%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by \pgftemp@y\pgf@yy%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by \pgftemp@z\pgf@zy}
+
+% "Quick" variant for \pgfpointxyz.
+%
+% Only numbers without unit are allowed.
+\def\pgfqpointxyz#1#2#3{%
+ \global\pgf@x=#1\pgf@xx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by #2\pgf@yx%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by #3\pgf@zx%
+ \global\pgf@y=#1\pgf@xy%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by #2\pgf@yy%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by #3\pgf@zy}
+
+
+
+% Set the x-vector
+%
+% #1 = a point the is the new x-vector
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetxvec{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+
+\def\pgfsetxvec#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@xx=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@xy=\pgf@y%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set the y-vector
+%
+% #1 = a point the is the new y-vector
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetyvec{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}
+
+\def\pgfsetyvec#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@yx=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yy=\pgf@y%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+
+% Set the z-vector
+%
+% #1 = a point the is the new z-vector
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetzvec{\pgfpoint{-0.385cm}{-0.385cm}}
+
+\def\pgfsetzvec#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@zx=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@zy=\pgf@y%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+
+
+% Default values
+\pgfsetxvec{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+\pgfsetyvec{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}
+\pgfsetzvec{\pgfpoint{-0.385cm}{-0.385cm}}
+
+
+
+
+% Normalise a point.
+%
+% #1 = point with coordinates (a,b)
+%
+% x = a/\sqrt(a*a+b*b)
+% y = b/\sqrt(a*a+b*b)
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpointnormalised{\pgfpointxy{2}{1}}
+
+\def\pgfpointnormalised#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgfmathatantwo{\the\pgf@y}{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@tmp=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathcos@{\pgf@tmp}%
+ \pgf@x=\pgfmathresult pt\relax%
+ \pgfmathsin@{\pgf@tmp}%
+ \pgf@y=\pgfmathresult pt\relax%
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+% A point on a rectangle in a certain direction.
+%
+% #1 = a point pointing in some direction (length should be about 1pt,
+% but need not be exact)
+% #2 = upper right corner of a rectangle centered at the origin
+%
+% Returns the intersection of a line starting at the origin going in
+% the given direction and the rectangle's border.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpointborderrectangle{\pgfpointnormalised{\pgfpointxy{2}{1}}
+% {\pgfpoint{1cm}{2cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpointborderrectangle#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ % Ok, let's find out about the direction:
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \ifnum\pgf@xa<0\relax% move into first quadrant
+ \global\pgf@x=-\pgf@x%
+ \fi%
+ \ifnum\pgf@ya<0\relax%
+ \global\pgf@y=-\pgf@y%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@xc=.125\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=.125\pgf@y%
+ \c@pgf@counta=\pgf@xc%
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@yc%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@countb<\c@pgf@counta%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@counta<255\relax%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@yb\relax%
+ \global\pgf@x=0pt\relax%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@xc=8192pt%
+ \divide\pgf@xc by\c@pgf@counta% \pgf@xc = 1/\pgf@x
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\pgf@y%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}\pgf@y%
+ \ifnum\pgf@y<\pgf@yb%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@xb%
+ \else% rats, calculate intersection on upper side
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@countb<255\relax%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@xb\relax%
+ \global\pgf@y=0pt\relax%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@yc=8192pt%
+ \divide\pgf@yc by\c@pgf@countb% \pgf@xc = 1/\pgf@x
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yc}\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yb}\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@yb%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@countb<255\relax%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@xb\relax%
+ \global\pgf@y=0pt\relax%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@yc=8192pt%
+ \divide\pgf@yc by\c@pgf@countb% \pgf@xc = 1/\pgf@x
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yc}\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yb}\pgf@x%
+ \ifnum\pgf@x<\pgf@xb%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@yb%
+ \else%
+ \ifnum\c@pgf@counta<255\relax%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@yb\relax%
+ \global\pgf@x=0pt\relax%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@xc=8192pt%
+ \divide\pgf@xc by\c@pgf@counta% \pgf@xc = 1/\pgf@x
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\pgf@y%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}\pgf@y%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@xb%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ifnum\pgf@xa<0\relax\global\pgf@x=-\pgf@x\fi%
+ \ifnum\pgf@ya<0\relax\global\pgf@y=-\pgf@y\fi%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% An approximation to a point on an ellipse in a certain
+% direction. Will be exact only if the ellipse is a circle.
+%
+% #1 = a point pointing in some direction
+% #2 = upper right corner of a bounding box for the ellipse
+%
+% Returns the intersection of a line starting at the origin going in
+% the given direction and the ellipses border.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpointborderellipse{\pgfpointnormalised{\pgfpointxy{2}{1}}
+% {\pgfpoint{1cm}{2cm}}
+
+\def\pgfpointborderellipse#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xa=\pgf@ya% circle. that's easy!
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointnormalised{#1}}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\pgf@y%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xa<\pgf@ya%
+ % Ok, first, let's compute x/y:
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@ya%
+ \divide\c@pgf@countb by65536\relax%
+ \global\divide\pgf@x by\c@pgf@countb%
+ \global\divide\pgf@y by\c@pgf@countb%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=8192pt%
+ \global\pgf@y=.125\pgf@y%
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@y%
+ \divide\pgf@yc by\c@pgf@countb%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yc}\pgf@y%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointnormalised{}}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}\pgf@y%
+ \else%
+ % Ok, now let's compute y/x:
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@xa%
+ \divide\c@pgf@countb by65536\relax%
+ \global\divide\pgf@x by\c@pgf@countb%
+ \global\divide\pgf@y by\c@pgf@countb%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@xc=8192pt%
+ \global\pgf@x=.125\pgf@x%
+ \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@x%
+ \divide\pgf@xc by\c@pgf@countb%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yc}\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointnormalised{}}%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}\pgf@y%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+% Extract the x-coordinate of a point to a dimensions
+%
+% #1 = a TeX dimension
+% #2 = a point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \newdimen\mydim
+% \pgfextractx{\mydim}{\pgfpoint{2cm}{4pt}}
+% % \mydim is now 2cm
+
+\def\pgfextractx#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ #1=\pgf@x\relax}
+
+
+% Extract the y-coordinate of a point to a dimensions
+%
+% #1 = a TeX dimension
+% #2 = a point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \newdimen\mydim
+% \pgfextracty{\mydim}{\pgfpoint{2cm}{4pt}}
+% % \mydim is now 4pt
+
+\def\pgfextracty#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ #1=\pgf@y\relax}
+
+
+% Stores the most recently used (x,y) coordinates into two macros, #1 and #2.
+\def\pgfgetlastxy#1#2{%
+ \edef#1{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \edef#2{\the\pgf@y}%
+}%
+
+
+\def\pgf@def#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\csname pgf@#1#2\endcsname{#3}}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{0}{1}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{1}{0.99995} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{2}{0.9998}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{3}{0.99955} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{4}{0.999201}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{5}{0.998752} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{6}{0.998205}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{7}{0.997559} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{8}{0.996815}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{9}{0.995974} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{10}{0.995037}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{11}{0.994004} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{12}{0.992877}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{13}{0.991656} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{14}{0.990342}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{15}{0.988936} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{16}{0.987441}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{17}{0.985856} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{18}{0.984183}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{19}{0.982424} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{20}{0.980581}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{21}{0.978653} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{22}{0.976644}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{23}{0.974555} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{24}{0.972387}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{25}{0.970143} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{26}{0.967823}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{27}{0.965429} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{28}{0.962964}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{29}{0.960429} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{30}{0.957826}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{31}{0.955157} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{32}{0.952424}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{33}{0.949629} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{34}{0.946773}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{35}{0.943858} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{36}{0.940887}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{37}{0.937862} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{38}{0.934784}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{39}{0.931655} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{40}{0.928477}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{41}{0.925252} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{42}{0.921982}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{43}{0.918669} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{44}{0.915315}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{45}{0.911922} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{46}{0.90849}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{47}{0.905024} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{48}{0.901523}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{49}{0.89799} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{50}{0.894427}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{51}{0.890835} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{52}{0.887217}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{53}{0.883573} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{54}{0.879905}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{55}{0.876216} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{56}{0.872506}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{57}{0.868777} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{58}{0.865031}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{59}{0.861269} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{60}{0.857493}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{61}{0.853704} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{62}{0.849903}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{63}{0.846092} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{64}{0.842271}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{65}{0.838444} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{66}{0.834609}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{67}{0.83077} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{68}{0.826927}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{69}{0.82308} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{70}{0.819232}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{71}{0.815383} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{72}{0.811534}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{73}{0.807687} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{74}{0.803842}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{75}{0.8} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{76}{0.796162}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{77}{0.792329} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{78}{0.788502}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{79}{0.784682} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{80}{0.780869}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{81}{0.777064} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{82}{0.773268}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{83}{0.769481} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{84}{0.765705}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{85}{0.761939} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{86}{0.758185}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{87}{0.754443} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{88}{0.750714}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{89}{0.746997} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{90}{0.743294}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{91}{0.739605} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{92}{0.735931}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{93}{0.732272} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{94}{0.728628}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{95}{0.724999} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{96}{0.721387}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{97}{0.717792} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{98}{0.714213}
+\pgf@def{cosfrac}{99}{0.710651} \pgf@def{cosfrac}{100}{0.707107}
+
+
+
+
+% Forward declarations for nonlinear stuff (have no effect till module
+% nonlineartransformations is loaded)
+
+\let\pgfpointtransformednonlinear\pgfpointtransformed
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4180440b00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorequick.code.tex}
+
+% Quick version of basic drawing commands. Most high-level commands
+% are not available if these commands are used.
+
+% Move current point to (#1,#2).
+%
+% #1 = x dimension of new current point
+% #2 = y dimension of new current point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathqmoveto{0pt}{0pt}
+% \pgfpathqlineto{1pt}{1pt}
+% \pgfpathqcurveto{2pt}{1pt}{2pt}{2pt}{3pt}{2pt}
+% \pgfqstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathqmoveto#1#2{\pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{#1}{#2}}
+
+
+% Append a line to (#1,#2) to the current path.
+%
+% #1 = x dimension of target
+% #2 = y dimension of target
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathqmoveto{0pt}{0pt}
+% \pgfpathqlineto{1pt}{1pt}
+% \pgfpathqcurveto{2pt}{1pt}{2pt}{2pt}{3pt}{2pt}
+% \pgfqstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathqlineto#1#2{\pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{#1}{#2}}
+
+
+% Append a bezier spline to the current path.
+%
+% #1 = x dimension of first support point
+% #2 = y dimension of first support point
+% #3 = x dimension of second support point
+% #4 = y dimension of second support point
+% #5 = x dimension of target point
+% #6 = y dimension of target point
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathqmoveto{0pt}{0pt}
+% \pgfpathqlineto{1pt}{1pt}
+% \pgfpathqcurveto{2pt}{1pt}{2pt}{2pt}{3pt}{2pt}
+% \pgfqstroke
+
+\def\pgfpathqcurveto#1#2#3#4#5#6{\pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}
+
+
+
+
+% Append a circle of the given radius around the origin.
+%
+% #1 = radius
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathqcircle{10pt}
+% is quicker than
+% \pgfpathcircle{\pgforigin}{10pt}
+
+\def\pgfpathqcircle#1{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@x=#1%
+ \pgf@y=0.5522847\pgf@x%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{\the\pgf@x}{0pt}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}{\the\pgf@y}{\the\pgf@x}{0pt}{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{-\the\pgf@y}{\the\pgf@x}{-\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}{-\the\pgf@x}{0pt}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{-\the\pgf@x}{-\the\pgf@y}{-\the\pgf@y}{-\the\pgf@x}{0pt}{-\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@curveto{\the\pgf@y}{-\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@x}{-\the\pgf@y}{\the\pgf@x}{0pt}%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@closepath%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+% Stroke current path. No hooks called.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfpathqmoveto{0cm}{0cm}
+% \pgfpathqlineto{1cm}{1cm}
+% \pgfpathqcurveto{2cm}{1cm}{2cm}{2cm}{3cm}{2cm}
+% \pgfqstroke
+
+\def\pgfusepathqstroke{%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@flushcurrentpath%
+ \pgfsys@stroke%
+ \pgf@resetpathsizes%
+}
+
+
+% Quickly fill current path.
+
+\def\pgfusepathqfill{%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@flushcurrentpath%
+ \pgfsys@fill%
+ \pgf@resetpathsizes%
+}
+
+
+% Quickly fill and stroke current path.
+
+\def\pgfusepathqfillstroke{%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@flushcurrentpath%
+ \pgfsys@fillstroke%
+ \pgf@resetpathsizes%
+}
+
+% Quickly clip current path.
+
+\def\pgfusepathqclip{%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@flushcurrentpath%
+ \pgfsys@clipnext%
+ \pgfsys@discardpath%
+ \pgf@resetpathsizes%
+}
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1069318a4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorerdf.code.tex}
+
+
+
+%
+%
+% The Resource Description Framework (RDF) is a method of enriching
+% output files with semantic information. In PGF, you can use the
+% following commands to create RDF information that will be inserted
+% into the output, provided the output format allows this (SVG
+% does). You call any of these commands before an ID-scope and it will
+% attach the attribute(s) to this id scope.
+%
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% ...
+% \pgfrdftypeof{http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/Image}
+% \pgfrdfresource{/paper/figures/1}
+% \pgfidscope
+% % This ID scope will be flagged as the resource "/paper/figures/1"
+% % and typeof "Image" from the Dublin Core.
+% ...
+% \endidscope
+
+
+
+
+
+% Adds the rdf attribute "about" with value #1 to the next
+% idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The RDF-spec says: "a SafeCURIEorCURIEorIRI, used for stating what
+% the data is about (a 'subject' in RDF terminology);"
+
+\def\pgfrdfabout#1{\pgfsys@rdf@about{#1}}
+
+
+
+% Adds the rdf attribute content with value #1 to the next
+% idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The RDF-spec says: "a CDATA string, for supplying machine-readable
+% content for a literal (a 'literal object', in RDF terminology);"
+
+\def\pgfrdfcontent#1{\pgfsys@rdf@content{#1}}
+
+
+
+% Adds the rdf attribute datatype with value #1 to the next
+% idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The RDF-spec says: "a TERMorCURIEorAbsIRI representing a datatype,
+% to express the datatype of a literal;"
+
+\def\pgfrdfdatatype#1{\pgfsys@rdf@datatype{#1}}
+
+
+
+% Adds the rdf attribute href with value #1 to the next idscope
+% The RDF-spec says: "a traditionally navigable IRI for
+% expressing the partner resource of a relationship (a 'resource object', in RDF terminology);"
+
+\def\pgfrdfhref#1{\pgfsys@rdf@href{#1}}
+
+
+
+% Adds the rdf attribute inlist to the next idscope.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The RDF-spec says: "An attribute used to indicate that the object
+% associated with a rel or property attribute on the same element is
+% to be added to the list for that predicate. Presence of this
+% attribute causes a list to be created if it does not already exist."
+
+\def\pgfrdfinlist{\pgfsys@rdf@inlist}
+
+
+
+
+% Adds #1 to the list of the rdf prefix attribute to the next
+% idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Can be called several times, in which case all values of #1 are
+% concatenated with whitespaces. The RDF-spec says: "a white space
+% separated list of prefix-name IRI pairs of the form NCName ':' ' '+
+% xsd:anyURI"
+
+\def\pgfrdfprefix#1{\pgfsys@rdf@prefix{#1}}
+
+
+
+
+% Adds #1 to the list of the rdf property attribute to the next
+% idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Can be called repeatedly. The RDF-spec says: "a white space
+% separated list of TERMorCURIEorAbsIRIs, used for expressing
+% relationships between a subject and either a resource object if
+% given or some literal text (also a 'predicate');"
+
+\def\pgfrdfproperty#1{\pgfsys@rdf@property{#1}}
+
+
+
+% Adds #1 to the list of the rdf rel attribute to the next
+% next idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Can be called repeatedly. The RDF-spec says: "a white space
+% separated list of TERMorCURIEorAbsIRIs, used for expressing
+% relationships between two resources ('predicates' in RDF
+% terminology);"
+
+\def\pgfrdfrel#1{\pgfsys@rdf@rel{#1}}
+
+
+% Adds the rdf attribute resource with value #1 to the next idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The RDF-spec says: "a SafeCURIEorCURIEorIRI for expressing the
+% partner resource of a relationship that is not intended to be
+% navigable (e.g., a 'clickable' link) (also an 'object');"
+
+\def\pgfrdfresource#1{\pgfsys@rdf@resource{#1}}
+
+
+
+
+% Adds #1 to the list of the rdf rev attribute to the next
+% idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Can be called repeatedly. The RDF-spec says: "a white space
+% separated list of TERMorCURIEorAbsIRIs, used for expressing reverse
+% relationships between two resources (also 'predicates');
+
+\def\pgfrdfrev#1{\pgfsys@rdf@rev{#1}}
+
+
+
+
+% Adds an rdf attribute src with value #1 to the next idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The RDF-spec says: "an IRI for expressing the partner resource of a
+% relationship when the resource is embedded (also a 'resource object');"
+
+\def\pgfrdfsrc#1{\pgfsys@rdf@src{#1}}
+
+
+
+
+% Adds #1 to the list of the rdf typeof attribute to the next
+% idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Can be called repeatedly. The RDF-spec says: "a white space
+% separated list of TERMorCURIEorAbsIRIs that indicate the RDF type(s)
+% to associate with a subject;"
+
+\def\pgfrdftypeof#1{\pgfsys@rdf@typeof{#1}}
+
+
+
+
+% Adds an rdf attribute vocab with value #1 to the next idscope.
+%
+% #1 = A URL
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The RDF-spec says: "an IRI that defines the mapping to use when a
+% TERM is referenced in an attribute value. See General Use of Terms
+% in Attributes and the section on Vocabulary Expansion."
+
+\def\pgfrdfvocab#1{\pgfsys@rdf@vocab{#1}}
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75cb1b587d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
+% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcorescopes.code.tex}
+
+% Globals
+
+\newbox\pgfpic
+\newbox\pgf@hbox
+
+\newbox\pgf@layerbox@main
+
+\newcount\pgf@picture@serial@count
+
+
+
+% This if decides whether the position of pictures on the page is
+% protocolled or not. Normally,
+% this is switched off as it works only with certain drivers and it
+% causes external files to be written. When switched on, the position
+% of pgfpictures are protocolled and can be referenced using
+% \pgfsys@getposition{XXX} where XXX is the value of \pgfpictureid
+% inside the picture.
+\newif\ifpgfrememberpicturepositiononpage
+
+
+
+
+% Scopes
+
+
+% Pgf scope environment. All changes of the graphic state are local to
+% the scope.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \begin{pgfscope}
+% \pgfsetlinewidth{3pt}
+% \pgfline{\pgfxy(0,0)}{\pgfxy(3,3)}
+% \end{pgfscope}
+
+\def\pgfscope{%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfsys@beginscope%
+ \pgf@resetpathsizes%
+ \edef\pgfscope@linewidth{\the\pgflinewidth}%
+ \let\pgfscope@stroke@color=\pgf@strokecolor@global%
+ \let\pgfscope@fill@color=\pgf@fillcolor@global%
+ \begingroup}
+\def\endpgfscope{%
+ \endgroup%
+ \global\pgflinewidth=\pgfscope@linewidth%
+ \global\let\pgf@strokecolor@global=\pgfscope@stroke@color%
+ \global\let\pgf@fillcolor@global=\pgfscope@fill@color%
+ \pgfsys@endscope}
+
+
+
+
+% Quickly insert a box can contain normal TeX text at the origin.
+%
+% #1 = box of width/height and depth 0pt
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfqbox{\mybox}
+
+\def\pgfqbox#1{%
+ \pgfsys@hbox#1%
+}
+
+
+% Insert a box that can contain normal TeX text at the origin, but
+% with the current coordinate transformation matrix synced with the
+% low-level transformation matrix.
+%
+% #1 = box of width/height and depth 0pt
+%
+% In essence, this command does the same as if you first said
+% \pgflowlevelsynccm and then \pgfqbox. However, pgf will use a
+% ``TeX-translation'' for the translation part of the transformation
+% cm. This will ensure that hyperlinks ``survive'' at least
+% translations.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfqboxsynced{\mybox}
+
+\def\pgfqboxsynced#1{%
+ \pgfsys@hboxsynced#1%
+}
+
+
+% Puts some text in a box and inserts it with the current
+% transformations applied.
+%
+% #1 = List of optional positioning. Possible values are ``left'', ``right'',
+% ``top'', ``bottom'' and ``base''.
+% #2 = TeX text. May contain verbatims.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+% \pgftext{Hello World!}
+
+\def\pgftext{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[\pgf@text{\pgf@text[]}}%
+\def\pgf@text[#1]{%
+ \def\pgf@text@options{#1}%
+ \pgf@maketext\pgf@after@text}
+\def\pgf@after@text{%
+ {%
+ \def\pgf@text@hshift{center}%
+ \def\pgf@text@vshift{center}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@text@setkeys\expandafter{\pgf@text@options}%
+ \csname pgf@halign\pgf@text@hshift\endcsname%
+ \csname pgf@valign\pgf@text@vshift\endcsname%
+ %
+ \pgfapproximatenonlineartransformation%
+ % Protocol sizes:
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{0pt}{\dp\pgf@hbox}}}%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{\wd\pgf@hbox}{\dp\pgf@hbox}}}%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{0pt}{\ht\pgf@hbox}}}%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{\wd\pgf@hbox}{\ht\pgf@hbox}}}%
+ \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%
+ \pgfqboxsynced{\pgf@hbox}%
+ }%
+}
+\def\pgf@text@setkeys{\pgfqkeys{/pgf/text}}%
+
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/left/.code=\def\pgf@text@hshift{left}}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/center/.code=}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/right/.code=\def\pgf@text@hshift{right}}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/top/.code=\def\pgf@text@vshift{top}}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/bottom/.code=\def\pgf@text@vshift{bottom}}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/base/.code=\def\pgf@text@vshift{base}}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/at/.cd,.code=\pgftransformshift{#1},.value required}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/x/.cd,.code=\pgftransformxshift{#1},.value required}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/y/.cd,.code=\pgftransformyshift{#1},.value required}
+\pgfkeys{/pgf/text/rotate/.cd,.code=\pgftransformrotate{#1},.value required}
+
+\def\pgf@halignleft{}% do nothing
+\def\pgf@haligncenter{\pgftransformxshift{+-.5\wd\pgf@hbox}}
+\def\pgf@halignright{\pgftransformxshift{+-\wd\pgf@hbox}}%
+\def\pgf@valignbase{}% do nothing
+\def\pgf@valignbottom{\pgftransformyshift{+\dp\pgf@hbox}}%
+\def\pgf@valigncenter{\pgftransformyshift{+.5\dp\pgf@hbox}\pgftransformyshift{+-.5\ht\pgf@hbox}}%
+\def\pgf@valigntop{\pgftransformyshift{+-\ht\pgf@hbox}}%
+
+
+% Internal function for creating a hbox.
+\def\pgf@maketext#1{%
+ \def\pgf@@maketextafter{#1}%
+ \setbox\pgf@hbox=\hbox\bgroup%
+ \pgfinterruptpicture%
+ \bgroup%
+ \aftergroup\pgf@collectresetcolor%
+ \let\next=%
+}
+\def\pgf@collectresetcolor{%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\reset@color%
+ {\reset@color\afterassignment\pgf@collectresetcolor\let\pgf@temp=}%
+ {\pgf@textdone}%
+}
+\def\pgf@textdone{%
+ \endpgfinterruptpicture%
+ \egroup%
+ \pgf@@maketextafter%
+}
+
+\long\def\pgf@makehbox#1{%
+ \setbox\pgf@hbox=\hbox{{%
+ \pgfinterruptpicture%
+ #1%
+ \endpgfinterruptpicture%
+ }}}
+
+
+
+% Picture environment
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \begin{pgfpicture}
+% \pgfsetendarrow{\pgfarrowto}
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointxy{-0.9}{0.2}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointxy{0.9}{0.4}}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+% \end{pgfpicture}
+
+\def\pgfresetboundingbox{%
+ \global\pgf@picmaxx=-16000pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@picminx=16000pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@picmaxy=-16000pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@picminy=16000pt\relax%
+}%
+
+\def\pgfpicture{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \pgfpicturetrue%
+ \global\advance\pgf@picture@serial@count by1\relax%
+ \edef\pgfpictureid{pgfid\the\pgf@picture@serial@count}%
+ \let\pgf@nodecallback=\pgfutil@gobble%
+ \pgf@picmaxx=-16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@picminx=16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@picmaxy=-16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@picminy=16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizetrue%
+ \pgf@resetpathsizes%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\bgroup\pgf@oldpicture\pgf@picture}
+\def\pgf@oldpicture#1#2#3#4{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@picminx{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@picminy{#2}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@picmaxx{#3}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@picmaxy{#4}%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+ \pgf@picture}
+
+\def\pgf@picture{%
+ \setbox\pgfpic\hbox to0pt\bgroup%
+ \begingroup%
+ \pgfsys@beginpicture%
+ \pgfsys@beginscope%
+ \begingroup%
+ \pgfsetcolor{.}%
+ \pgfsetlinewidth{0.4pt}%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgfutil@empty%
+ \begingroup%
+ \let\pgf@setlengthorig=\setlength%
+ \let\pgf@addtolengthorig=\addtolength%
+ \let\pgf@selectfontorig=\selectfont%
+ \let\setlength=\pgf@setlength%
+ \let\addtolength=\pgf@addtolength%
+ \let\selectfont=\pgf@selectfont%
+ \nullfont\spaceskip0pt\xspaceskip0pt%
+ \tracinglostchars=%
+ \ifnum\tracinglostchars>2 2\else\tracinglostchars\fi
+ \setbox\pgf@layerbox@main\hbox to0pt\bgroup%
+ \begingroup%
+ }
+\def\endpgfpicture{%
+ \ifpgfrememberpicturepositiononpage%
+ \hbox to0pt{\pgfsys@markposition{\pgfpictureid}}%
+ \fi%
+ % ok, now let's position the box
+ \ifdim\pgf@picmaxx=-16000pt\relax%
+ % empty picture. make size 0.
+ \global\pgf@picmaxx=0pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@picminx=0pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@picmaxy=0pt\relax%
+ \global\pgf@picminy=0pt\relax%
+ \fi%
+ % Shift baseline outside:
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+ \pgf@process{\pgf@baseline}%
+ \xdef\pgf@shift@baseline{\the\pgf@y}%
+ %
+ \pgf@process{\pgf@trimleft}%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@picminx
+ % prepare \hskip\pgf@trimleft@final.
+ % note that \pgf@trimleft@final is also queried
+ % by the pgf image externalization.
+ \xdef\pgf@trimleft@final{-\the\pgf@x}%
+ %
+ \pgf@process{\pgf@trimright}%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@picmaxx
+ % prepare \hskip\pgf@trimright@final.
+ % note that \pgf@trimright@final is also queried
+ % by the pgf image externalization.
+ \xdef\pgf@trimright@final{\the\pgf@x}%
+ %
+ \pgf@remember@layerlist@globally
+ \endgroup%
+ \hss%
+ \egroup%
+ \pgf@restore@layerlist@from@global
+ \pgf@insertlayers%
+ \endgroup%
+ \pgfsys@discardpath%
+ \endgroup%
+ \pgfsys@endscope%
+ \pgfsys@endpicture%
+ \endgroup%
+ \hss
+ \egroup%
+ \pgfsys@typesetpicturebox\pgfpic%
+ \endgroup%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@remember@layerlist@globally{%
+ \global\let\pgf@layerlist@=\pgf@layerlist
+}%
+\def\pgf@restore@layerlist@from@global{%
+ \let\pgf@layerlist=\pgf@layerlist@
+}%
+\def\pgf@insertlayers{%
+ \box\pgf@layerbox@main%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@selectfont{\pgf@selectfontorig\nullfont}
+
+\def\pgf@setlength#1#2{% these will be used only when \nullfont is active
+ \begingroup% keep font setting local
+ \pgfutil@selectfont% restore font
+ \pgf@setlengthorig#1{#2}% calculate dimension (possibly using calc)
+ \expandafter%
+ \endgroup%
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter=\the#1\relax}
+\def\pgf@addtolength#1#2{%
+ \begingroup% keep font setting local
+ \pgfutil@selectfont% restore font
+ \pgf@addtolengthorig#1{#2}% calculate dimension (possibly using calc)
+ \expandafter%
+ \endgroup%
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter=\the#1\relax}
+
+
+% Sets the baseline at the y-coordinate of a given point
+%
+% #1 = point
+%
+% Sets the baseline of the picture to the y-coordinate of a given
+% point. However, the point will be evaluated *at the end of the
+% picture*.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetbaselinepointlater{\pgfpointanchor{mynode}{base}}
+
+\def\pgfsetbaselinepointlater#1{\def\pgf@baseline{#1}}
+
+
+% Sets the baseline at the y-coordinate of a given point, now
+%
+% #1 = point
+%
+% Sets the baseline of the picture to the y-coordinate of a given
+% point.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetbaselinepointnow{\pgfpoint{1cm}{2pt}}
+
+\def\pgfsetbaselinepointnow#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@setter@baseline{\noexpand\pgfpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \pgfsetbaselinepointlater{\pgf@setter@baseline}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@default@text{default}%
+
+% Sets the baseline
+%
+% #1 = baseline
+%
+% Sets the baseline of the picture. Default is the lower border, which
+% is the same as \pgf@picminy
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetbaseline{1cm+2pt}
+% \pgfsetbaseline{default}% resets to default value
+
+\def\pgfsetbaseline#1{%
+ \def\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@default@text
+ \pgfsetbaseline{\pgf@picminy}%
+ \else
+ \pgfsetbaselinepointlater{\pgfpoint{0pt}{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\pgfsetbaseline{\pgf@picminy}
+
+% controls how the image externalization implements trim:
+\newif\ifpgf@trim@lowlevel
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/trim lowlevel/.is if=pgf@trim@lowlevel,
+ /pgf/trim lowlevel/.default=true,
+}
+
+% Same as the y-baseline for horizontal alignment.
+% The effect is different, though: it is some kind of trimming which
+% leaves the bounding box intact.
+\def\pgfsettrimleftpointlater#1{\def\pgf@trimleft{#1}}
+\def\pgfsettrimleftpointnow#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@setter@baseline{\noexpand\pgfpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \pgfsettrimleftpointlater{\pgf@setter@baseline}%
+}
+% \pgfsettrimleft{<x coord>}
+% or
+% \pgfsettrimleft{default}
+\def\pgfsettrimleft#1{%
+ \def\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@default@text
+ \pgfsettrimleft{\pgf@picminx}
+ \else
+ \pgfsettrimleftpointlater{\pgfpoint{#1}{0pt}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\pgfsettrimleft{\pgf@picminx}
+
+\def\pgfsettrimrightpointlater#1{\def\pgf@trimright{#1}}
+\def\pgfsettrimrightpointnow#1{%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@setter@baseline{\noexpand\pgfpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%
+ \pgfsettrimrightpointlater{\pgf@setter@baseline}%
+}
+% \pgfsettrimright{<x coord>}
+% or
+% \pgfsettrimright{default}
+\def\pgfsettrimright#1{%
+ \def\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@default@text
+ \pgfsettrimright{\pgf@picmaxx}%
+ \else
+ \pgfsettrimrightpointlater{\pgfpoint{#1}{0pt}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\pgfsettrimright{\pgf@picmaxx}
+
+
+% Interrupt path
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The environment can be used to insert some drawing commands while
+% constructing a path. The drawing commands inside the environment
+% will not interfere with the path being constructed ``outside.''
+% However, you must ward against graphic state changes using a scope.
+%
+% Example: Draw two parallel lines
+%
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{0cm}}
+% \begin{pgfinterruptpath}
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+% \end{pgfinterruptpath}
+% \pgflineto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+
+\def\pgfinterruptpath
+{%
+ \begingroup%
+ % save all sorts of things...
+ \edef\pgf@interrupt@savex{\the\pgf@path@lastx}%
+ \edef\pgf@interrupt@savey{\the\pgf@path@lasty}%
+ \pgf@getpathsizes\pgf@interrupt@pathsizes%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@getcurrentpath\pgf@interrupt@path%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@interrupt@lastmoveto=\pgfsyssoftpath@lastmoveto%
+ \begingroup%
+}
+\def\endpgfinterruptpath
+{%
+ \endgroup%
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@setcurrentpath\pgf@interrupt@path%
+ \pgf@setpathsizes\pgf@interrupt@pathsizes%
+ \global\pgf@path@lastx\pgf@interrupt@savex%
+ \global\pgf@path@lasty\pgf@interrupt@savey%
+ \global\let\pgfsyssoftpath@lastmoveto\pgf@interrupt@lastmoveto%
+ \endgroup%
+}
+
+
+
+% Interrupt bounding box
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The environment can be used to temporarily setup a new bounding box
+% computation. The bounding box will be made empty at the beginning of
+% the environment and will be reset to its old value after the
+% environment.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \begin{pgfinterruptboundinbox}
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+% \end{pgfinterruptboundinbox}
+
+\def\pgfinterruptboundingbox
+{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \edef\pgf@interrupt@savemaxx{\the\pgf@picmaxx}%
+ \edef\pgf@interrupt@saveminx{\the\pgf@picminx}%
+ \edef\pgf@interrupt@savemaxy{\the\pgf@picmaxy}%
+ \edef\pgf@interrupt@saveminy{\the\pgf@picminy}%
+ \pgf@picmaxx=-16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@picminx=16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@picmaxy=-16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@picminy=16000pt\relax%
+ \pgf@size@hookedfalse%
+ \let\pgf@path@size@hook=\pgfutil@empty%
+}
+\def\endpgfinterruptboundingbox
+{%
+ \global\pgf@picmaxx=\pgf@interrupt@savemaxx%
+ \global\pgf@picmaxy=\pgf@interrupt@savemaxy%
+ \global\pgf@picminx=\pgf@interrupt@saveminx%
+ \global\pgf@picminy=\pgf@interrupt@saveminy%
+ \endgroup%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Creates an id scope.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% An id scope is not (conceptually) a graphic scope, but a scope that
+% has a unique name or "id". This id can be used as a reference point
+% for instance for a hyperlink or for an animation (currently, only
+% SVG supports ids, all other drivers ignore id scopes).
+%
+% Prior to using \pgfidscope, call \pgfuseid to install an
+% id (and possibly \pgfusetype). The scope will then get this id and,
+% likely, a graphic scope is installed. If \pgfuseid has not been
+% called or if you try to call \pgfidscope again for the same id,
+% nothing happens (except for a \TeX\ group being established).
+
+\def\pgfidscope{\pgfsys@begin@idscope}
+\def\endpgfidscope{\pgfsys@end@idscope}
+
+\let\startpgfidscope\pgfidscope
+\let\stoppgfidscope\pgfendidscope
+
+
+
+
+% Use an id on the next graphic object
+%
+% #1 = a name
+%
+% The next scope or path can be the target of an animation command or
+% a hyperlink.
+
+\def\pgfuseid#1{%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@lookup@id{#1}%
+ \pgfsys@use@id{\pgf@next@id}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname pgf@id@names@#1\endcsname{{\pgf@next@id}{}}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@lookup@id#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@id@name\csname pgf@id@names@#1\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@id@name\relax%
+ \let\pgf@prev@id\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@next@id\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\pgf@id@parse\pgf@id@name%
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\pgf@next@id\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgfsys@new@id\pgf@next@id%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname pgf@id@names@#1\endcsname{{\pgf@prev@id}{\pgf@next@id}}%
+ \fi%
+}
+\def\pgf@id@parse#1#2{%
+ \def\pgf@prev@id{#1}%
+ \def\pgf@next@id{#2}%
+}
+
+
+
+% Clear the current id
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Sets the current id to be empty so that it cannot be referenced.
+
+\def\pgfclearid{%
+ \pgfsys@clear@id%
+}
+
+
+% Get the id that will be given to a name upon the next use
+%
+% #1 = a macro
+% #2 = a name
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% #1 will get the id that will be used by \pgfuseid next time for the
+% given name.
+
+\def\pgfidrefnextuse#1#2{%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{#2}\ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty\pgferror{Missing name reference for ``\string#1''}\fi%
+ \pgf@lookup@id{#2}%
+ \let#1\pgf@next@id%
+}
+
+
+% Get the id was last used
+%
+% #1 = a macro
+% #2 = a name
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% #1 will get the id that was last used by \pgfuseid for #2.
+
+\def\pgfidrefprevuse#1#2{%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{#2}\ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty\pgferror{Missing name reference for ``\string#1''}\fi%
+ \pgf@lookup@id{#2}%
+ \let#1\pgf@prev@id%
+}
+
+
+% Use a type
+%
+% #1 = an id type; when starting with a dot, it is added to the
+% current type.
+%
+% The next scope or path can be the target of an animation command or
+% a hyperlink.
+
+\def\pgfusetype#1{%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@ifnextchar\expandafter.\expandafter\pgf@id@use@type@add\expandafter\pgf@id@use@type@replace\pgf@temp\pgf@stop
+}
+\def\pgf@id@use@type@add.#1\pgf@stop{\pgfsys@append@type{#1}}
+\def\pgf@id@use@type@replace#1\pgf@stop{\pgfsys@use@type{#1}}
+
+% Push the current type on a global stack
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The current type is pushed onto a global type stack. It can be
+% restored using \pgfpoptype.
+
+\def\pgfpushtype{\pgfsys@push@type}
+
+
+% Pop a type from the type stack
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Restores the most current value from the type stack.
+
+\def\pgfpoptype{\pgfsys@pop@type}
+
+
+
+
+% Alias an id locally or globally
+%
+% #1 = the alias name
+% #2 = a existing id name
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Creates an alias of a name
+
+\def\pgfaliasid#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\csname pgf@id@names@#2\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@id@names@#1\endcsname\pgf@temp%
+}
+\def\pgfgaliasid#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\csname pgf@id@names@#2\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@id@names@#1\endcsname\pgf@temp%
+}
+
+
+% Check whether a name has been forward-referenced
+%
+% #1 = a name
+% #2 = what to do, when has been forward-referenced
+% #3 = what to do otherwise
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Depending on whether #1 has been forward-referenced, #2 or #3 will be executed.
+
+\def\pgfifidreferenced#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@id@name\csname pgf@id@names@#1\endcsname%
+ \ifx\pgf@id@name\relax%
+ #3%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\pgf@id@parse\pgf@id@name%
+ \ifx\pgf@next@id\pgfutil@empty%
+ #3%
+ \else%
+ #2%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+% Interrupts a picture
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This environment interrupts a picture and temporarily returns to
+% normal TeX mode. All sorts of things are saved and restored by this
+% environment.
+%
+% WARNING: Using this environment in conjunction with low level
+% transformations can *strongly* upset the typesetting. Typically, the
+% contents of this environment should have size/height/depth 0pt in
+% the end.
+%
+% WARNING: This environment should only be used inside typesetting a
+% box and this box must in turn be inserted using \pgfqbox.
+%
+% Example: Draw two parallel lines
+%
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{0cm}}
+% \setbox\mybox=\hbox{
+% \begin{pgfinterruptpicture}
+% This is normal text.
+% \begin{pgfpicture} % a subpicture
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+% \end{pgfpicture}
+% More text.
+% \end{pgfinterruptpicture}
+% }
+% \ht\mybox=0pt
+% \wd\mybox=0pt
+% \dp\mybox=0pt
+% \pgfqbox{\mybox}%
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+
+\def\pgfinterruptpicture
+{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \csname tikz@inside@picturefalse\endcsname%
+ \pgfinterruptboundingbox%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ \pgfinterruptpath%
+ \ifx\pgf@selectfontorig\@undefined%
+ \else%
+ \let\setlength\pgf@setlengthorig%
+ \let\addtolength\pgf@addtolengthorig%
+ \let\selectfont\pgf@selectfontorig%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfutil@selectfont%
+ \pgfpicturefalse%
+ \let\pgf@positionnodelater@macro\relax%
+ \pgf@savelayers%
+}
+\def\endpgfinterruptpicture
+{%
+ \pgf@restorelayers%
+ \endpgfinterruptpath%
+ \endpgfinterruptboundingbox%
+ \endgroup%
+}
+
+\let\pgf@savelayers=\relax
+\let\pgf@restorelayers=\relax
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39a40c54ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
+% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
+% CMYK and grayscale shadings adaptation copyright 2019 by David Purton
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcoreshade.code.tex}
+
+%
+% Parsing functions
+%
+\newdimen\pgf@max
+\newcount\pgf@sys@shading@range@num
+\def\pgf@parsefunc#1{%
+ \edef\temp{{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@convertstring\temp%
+ \edef\temp{{\pgf@conv}}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@@parsefunc\temp}
+\def\pgf@@parsefunc#1{%
+ \let\pgf@bounds=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@funcs=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@psfuncs=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@encode=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \let\pgf@sys@shading@ranges=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \pgf@sys@shading@range@num=0\relax%
+ \csname pgf@parsefirst\pgf@shading@model\endcsname[#1; ]%
+ \csname pgf@parselastdom\pgf@shading@model\endcsname[#1; ]%
+ \csname pgf@parsemid\pgf@shading@model\endcsname[#1; ]%
+ \ifx\pgf@bounds\pgfutil@empty%
+ \edef\pgf@pdfparseddomain{0 1}%
+ \edef\pgf@pdfparsedfunction{\pgf@singlefunc\space}%
+ \else%
+ \edef\pgf@pdfparseddomain{\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb}%
+ \edef\pgf@pdfparsedfunction{%
+ << /FunctionType 3 /Domain [\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb] /Functions
+ [\pgf@funcs\space] /Bounds [\pgf@bounds] /Encode [0 1 \pgf@encode]
+ >> }% <<
+ \fi%
+ \xdef\pgf@psfuncs{\pgf@psfuncs}%
+ }
+\def\pgf@parsefirstrgb[rgb(#1)=(#2,#3,#4)#5]{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@start@pos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@doma{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@prevx{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@getrgbtuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@start@rgb{\pgf@sys@rgb}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@shading@start@rgb%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevpos=\pgf@sys@shading@start@pos%
+ \edef\pgf@prevcolor{\pgf@rgb}%
+ \edef\pgf@firstcolor{\pgf@rgb}}
+\def\pgf@parselastdomrgb[rgb(#1)=(#2,#3,#4); {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar]{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@end@pos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@max=\pgf@x\relax%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@domb{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@getrgbtuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@end@rgb{\pgf@sys@rgb}%
+ \pgfutil@gobble}{\pgf@parselastdomrgb[}}
+\def\pgf@parsemidrgb[rgb(#1)=(#2,#3,#4); {\pgf@parserestrgb[}
+\def\pgf@parserestrgb[rgb(#1)=(#2,#3,#4); {%
+ \advance\pgf@sys@shading@range@num by1\relax%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar]{%
+ \pgf@getrgbtuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \edef\pgf@singlefunc{\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [0 1] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@rgb] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@funcs{\pgf@funcs\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@rgb] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@psfuncs{\pgf@prevx\space \pgf@rgb\space \pgf@prevcolor\space pgfshade \pgf@psfuncs}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{{\pgf@sys@prevpos}{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@prevcolor}{\pgf@sys@rgb}}}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@prevpos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@rgb%
+ \pgfutil@gobble}{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \pgf@getrgbtuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{{\pgf@sys@prevpos}{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@prevcolor}{\pgf@sys@rgb}}}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@prevpos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@rgb%
+ \edef\pgf@psfuncs{\pgf@prevx\space \pgf@rgb\space \pgf@prevcolor\space pgfshade \pgf@psfuncs}%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@prevx{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@bounds{\pgf@bounds\space\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@encode{\pgf@encode\space0 1}%
+ \edef\pgf@singlefunc{\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [0 1] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@rgb] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@funcs{\pgf@funcs\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@rgb] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@prevcolor{\pgf@rgb}%
+ \pgf@parserestrgb[}}
+
+\def\pgf@getrgbtuplewithmixin#1#2#3{%
+ \pgfutil@definecolor{pgfshadetemp}{rgb}{#1,#2,#3}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{pgfshadetemp}}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgfshadetemp}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{rgb}{\pgf@rgbcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@getrgb@@\pgf@rgbcolor!}
+\def\pgf@getrgb@@#1,#2,#3!{%
+ \def\pgf@rgb{#1 #2 #3}%
+ \def\pgf@sys@rgb{{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@parsefirstcmyk[cmyk(#1)=(#2,#3,#4,#5)#6]{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@start@pos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@doma{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@prevx{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@getcmyktuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@start@cmyk{\pgf@sys@cmyk}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@shading@start@cmyk%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevpos=\pgf@sys@shading@start@pos%
+ \edef\pgf@prevcolor{\pgf@cmyk}%
+ \edef\pgf@firstcolor{\pgf@cmyk}}
+\def\pgf@parselastdomcmyk[cmyk(#1)=(#2,#3,#4,#5); {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar]{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@end@pos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@max=\pgf@x\relax%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@domb{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@getcmyktuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@end@cmyk{\pgf@sys@cmyk}%
+ \pgfutil@gobble}{\pgf@parselastdomcmyk[}}
+\def\pgf@parsemidcmyk[cmyk(#1)=(#2,#3,#4,#5); {\pgf@parserestcmyk[}
+\def\pgf@parserestcmyk[cmyk(#1)=(#2,#3,#4,#5); {%
+ \advance\pgf@sys@shading@range@num by1\relax%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar]{%
+ \pgf@getcmyktuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ \edef\pgf@singlefunc{\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [0 1] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@cmyk] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@funcs{\pgf@funcs\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@cmyk] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@psfuncs{\pgf@prevx\space
+ \pgf@cmyk\space \pgf@prevcolor\space pgfshade \pgf@psfuncs}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{%
+ {\pgf@sys@prevpos}{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@prevcolor}{\pgf@sys@cmyk}}}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@prevpos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@cmyk%
+ \pgfutil@gobble}{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \pgf@getcmyktuplewithmixin{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{%
+ {\pgf@sys@prevpos}{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@prevcolor}{\pgf@sys@cmyk}}}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@prevpos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@cmyk%
+ \edef\pgf@psfuncs{\pgf@prevx\space \pgf@cmyk\space
+ \pgf@prevcolor\space pgfshade \pgf@psfuncs}%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@prevx{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@bounds{\pgf@bounds\space\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@encode{\pgf@encode\space0 1}%
+ \edef\pgf@singlefunc{\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [0 1] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@cmyk] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@funcs{\pgf@funcs\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@cmyk] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@prevcolor{\pgf@cmyk}%
+ \pgf@parserestcmyk[}}
+
+\def\pgf@getcmyktuplewithmixin#1#2#3#4{%
+ \pgfutil@definecolor{pgfshadetemp}{cmyk}{#1,#2,#3,#4}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{pgfshadetemp}}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgfshadetemp}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{cmyk}{\pgf@cmykcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@getcmyk@@\pgf@cmykcolor!}
+\def\pgf@getcmyk@@#1,#2,#3,#4!{%
+ \def\pgf@cmyk{#1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \def\pgf@sys@cmyk{{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@parsefirstgray[gray(#1)=(#2)#3]{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@start@pos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@doma{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@prevx{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@getgraytuplewithmixin{#2}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@start@gray{\pgf@sys@gray}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@shading@start@gray%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevpos=\pgf@sys@shading@start@pos%
+ \edef\pgf@prevcolor{\pgf@gray}%
+ \edef\pgf@firstcolor{\pgf@gray}}
+\def\pgf@parselastdomgray[gray(#1)=(#2); {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar]{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@end@pos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \pgf@max=\pgf@x\relax%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@domb{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@getgraytuplewithmixin{#2}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@end@gray{\pgf@sys@gray}%
+ \pgfutil@gobble}{\pgf@parselastdomgray[}}
+\def\pgf@parsemidgray[gray(#1)=(#2); {\pgf@parserestgray[}
+\def\pgf@parserestgray[gray(#1)=(#2); {%
+ \advance\pgf@sys@shading@range@num by1\relax%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar]{%
+ \pgf@getgraytuplewithmixin{#2}%
+ \edef\pgf@singlefunc{\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [0 1] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@gray] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@funcs{\pgf@funcs\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@gray] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@psfuncs{\pgf@prevx\space \pgf@gray\space
+ \pgf@prevcolor\space pgfshade \pgf@psfuncs}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{%
+ {\pgf@sys@prevpos}{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@prevcolor}{\pgf@sys@gray}}}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@prevpos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@gray%
+ \pgfutil@gobble}{%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \pgf@getgraytuplewithmixin{#2}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{\pgf@sys@shading@ranges{%
+ {\pgf@sys@prevpos}{\the\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@prevcolor}{\pgf@sys@gray}}}%
+ \edef\pgf@sys@prevpos{\the\pgf@x}%
+ \let\pgf@sys@prevcolor=\pgf@sys@gray%
+ \edef\pgf@psfuncs{\pgf@prevx\space \pgf@gray\space
+ \pgf@prevcolor\space pgfshade \pgf@psfuncs}%
+ \pgf@sys@bp@correct\pgf@x%
+ \edef\pgf@prevx{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@bounds{\pgf@bounds\space\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \edef\pgf@encode{\pgf@encode\space0 1}%
+ \edef\pgf@singlefunc{\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [0 1] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@gray] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@funcs{\pgf@funcs\space%
+ << /FunctionType 2 /Domain [\pgf@doma\space\pgf@domb] /C0
+ [\pgf@prevcolor] /C1 [\pgf@gray] /N 1 >> }% <<
+ \edef\pgf@prevcolor{\pgf@gray}%
+ \pgf@parserestgray[}}
+
+\def\pgf@getgraytuplewithmixin#1{%
+ \pgfutil@definecolor{pgfshadetemp}{gray}{#1}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{pgfshadetemp}}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgfshadetemp}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{gray}{\pgf@graycolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@getgray@@\pgf@graycolor!}
+\def\pgf@getgray@@#1!{%
+ \def\pgf@gray{#1}%
+ \def\pgf@sys@gray{{#1}}%
+}
+
+% Normalized a <color specification> argument for shadings into a
+% series of color specifications in the current xcolor color model and write
+% the result into \pgf@conv.
+%
+% Example:
+% \pgf@convertstring{rgb(0cm)=(1,0,0); rgb(2cm)=(0,1,0); cmyk(4cm)=(1,0,0,0); gray(1cm)=(3); color(2cm)=(green); }
+% ->
+% \pgf@conv = macro:->'rgb(0cm)=(1,0,0); rgb(2cm)=(0,1,0); rgb(4cm)=(0,1,1); rgb(1cm)=(3,3,3); rgb(2cm)=(0,1,0); '
+\def\pgf@convertstring#1{%
+ \def\pgf@conv{}%
+ \pgf@convert#1]%
+ }
+\def\pgf@convert{%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar]{\pgfutil@gobble}%done!
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar;{\pgf@grabsemicolor}%
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar c{\pgf@gobblec}%
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar g{\pgf@grabgray}%
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar o{\pgf@grabcolor}%
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar m{\pgf@grabcmyk}%
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar r{\pgf@grabrgb}%
+ {\pgferror{Illformed shading
+ specification}\pgf@convert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\def\pgf@savecolor#1{%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgf@tempcol}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor
+ {\pgf@shading@model}{\pgf@color}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@convget@\expandafter{\pgf@color}{#1}%
+}
+\def\pgf@grabsemicolor;{%
+ \edef\pgf@conv{\pgf@conv; }\pgf@convert}
+\def\pgf@gobblec c{\pgf@convert}
+\def\pgf@grabrgb rgb(#1)=(#2,#3,#4){%
+ \pgfutil@definecolor{pgf@tempcol}{rgb}{#2,#3,#4}%
+ \pgf@savecolor{#1}%
+}
+\def\pgf@grabcmyk myk(#1)=(#2,#3,#4,#5){%
+ \pgfutil@definecolor{pgf@tempcol}{cmyk}{#2,#3,#4,#5}%
+ \pgf@savecolor{#1}%
+}
+\def\pgf@grabgray gray(#1)=(#2){%
+ \pgfutil@definecolor{pgf@tempcol}{gray}{#2}%
+ \pgf@savecolor{#1}%
+}
+\def\pgf@grabcolor olor(#1)=(#2){%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgf@tempcol}{#2}%
+ \pgf@savecolor{#1}%
+}
+\def\pgf@convget@#1#2{%
+ \edef\pgf@conv{\pgf@conv \pgf@shading@model(#2)=(#1)}\pgf@convert}
+
+
+\newcount\pgf@shadingcount
+\pgf@shadingcount=0
+{
+ \catcode`\/=0
+ \catcode`\\=12
+ /gdef/pgf@shadingnum{\/the/pgf@shadingcount\}
+}
+
+% Set up shading properties based on the current xcolor color model. This is
+% called when shadings are declared and used. \ifpgfshadingmodelrgb,
+% \ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk, and \ifpgfshadingmodelgray are set so that the type
+% 4 function in functional shadings can be converted to the current color
+% model. See \pgffuncshading*to* macros.
+
+\newif\ifpgfshadingmodelrgb
+\newif\ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk
+\newif\ifpgfshadingmodelgray
+\def\pgf@setup@shading@model{%
+ \pgfshadingmodelrgbtrue
+ \pgfshadingmodelcmykfalse
+ \pgfshadingmodelgrayfalse
+ \XC@sdef\pgf@mod@test{\XC@tgt@mod{natural}}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@device{/DeviceRGB}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@ps@device{setrgbcolor}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@functional@range{0 1 0 1 0 1}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@model{rgb}%
+ \ifx\pgf@mod@test\XC@mod@cmyk
+ \def\pgf@shading@device{/DeviceCMYK}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@ps@device{setcmykcolor}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@functional@range{0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@model{cmyk}%
+ \pgfshadingmodelrgbfalse
+ \pgfshadingmodelcmyktrue
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pgf@mod@test\XC@mod@gray
+ \def\pgf@shading@device{/DeviceGray}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@ps@device{setgray}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@functional@range{0 1}%
+ \def\pgf@shading@model{gray}%
+ \pgfshadingmodelrgbfalse
+ \pgfshadingmodelgraytrue
+ \fi
+ \edef\pgf@sys@driver@dvisvgm{pgfsys-dvisvgm.def}%
+ \ifx\pgfsysdriver\pgf@sys@driver@dvisvgm
+ \def\pgf@shading@model{rgb}%
+ \fi
+ \edef\pgf@sys@driver@texforht{pgfsys-tex4ht.def}%
+ \ifx\pgfsysdriver\pgf@sys@driver@texforht
+ \def\pgf@shading@model{rgb}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% Declares a horizontal shading for later use. The shading is a
+% horizontal bar that changes its color.
+%
+% #1 = optional dependencies
+% #2 = name of the shading for later use
+% #3 = height of the shading
+% #4 = color specification in the following format: A list of colors
+% that the bar should have at certain points. If the bar should
+% be red at 1cm, this is specified as
+% "rgb(1cm)=(1,0,0)". Multiple specifications are separated by a
+% semicolon and a space. At least two specifications must be
+% given. The specified positions must be given in increasing
+% order.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The optional dependencies have the following effect: If present, it
+% should consist of a list of colors, separated by commas. Each time
+% the shading is used, these colors will be reevaluated. It will be
+% checked whether the colors still have their "original meaning". If
+% the colors have changed, a new shading will be created internally to
+% reflect the changed color's values.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclarehorizontalshading{redtogreentoblue}{1cm}{%
+% rgb(0cm)=(1,0,0); % red
+% rgb(1cm)=(0,1,0); % green
+% rgb(2cm)=(0,0,1)}
+%
+% \begin{document}
+% The following bar is 2cm long: \pgfuseshading{redtogreentoblue}.
+% \end{document}
+
+\def\pgfdeclarehorizontalshading{%
+ \pgf@setup@shading@model
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[%
+ \pgf@declarehorizontalshading{\pgf@declarehorizontalshading[]}}
+\def\pgf@declarehorizontalshading[#1]#2#3#4{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname\pgfutil@empty%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname\pgfutil@empty
+ \pgfsys@horishading{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\pgf@shadingcount 1\relax
+ \global\expandafter\edef\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgf@shadingnum}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@func@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgfsys@horishading}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@args@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{{#3}{#4}}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @pgfshading#2!\endcsname=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \fi}
+
+
+% Declares a vertical shading for later use.
+%
+% #1 = optional dependencies
+% #2 = name of the shading for later use
+% #3 = height of the shading
+% #4 = color specification
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclareverticalshading{redtogreentoblue}{1cm}{%
+% rgb(0cm)=(1,0,0); % red
+% rgb(1cm)=(0,1,0); % green
+% rgb(2cm)=(0,0,1)}
+%
+% \begin{document}
+% The following bar is 2cm high: \pgfuseshading{redtogreentoblue}.
+% \end{document}
+
+\def\pgfdeclareverticalshading{%
+ \pgf@setup@shading@model
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[%
+ \pgf@declareverticalshading{\pgf@declareverticalshading[]}}
+\def\pgf@declareverticalshading[#1]#2#3#4{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname\pgfutil@empty%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname=\pgfutil@empty
+ \pgfsys@vertshading{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\pgf@shadingcount 1\relax
+ \global\expandafter\edef\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgf@shadingnum}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@func@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgfsys@vertshading}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@args@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{{#3}{#4}}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @pgfshading#2!\endcsname=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \fi}
+
+
+% Declares a radial shading for later use.
+%
+% #1 = optional dependencies
+% #2 = name of the shading for later use
+% #3 = center of inner circle
+% #4 = color specification
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% A radial shading creates a smooth color transition between two
+% circles. The center of the inner circle is at the give position. Its
+% radius is the start of the color specification. The
+% center of the outer circle is at the center of the whole shading,
+% whose radius is the end of the color specification. For example,
+% suppose the color specification is "rgb(1cm)=(1,1,1); rgb(2cm)=(0,0,0)".
+% Then the shading would be 4cm times 4cm large. The inner circle would
+% have diameter 1cm and the outer circle would have diameter 2cm. The
+% outer circle would be centered in the middle of the shading, whereas
+% the outer circle would be centered at the given position.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclareradialshading{redtogreentoblue}{\pgfpoint{2cm}{2cm}}{%
+% rgb(10pt)=(1,0,0); % red
+% rgb(2cm)=(0,1,0); % green
+% rgb(3cm)=(0,0,1)}
+%
+% \begin{document}
+% The following ball has diameter 3cm: \pgfuseshading{redtogreentoblue}.
+% \end{document}
+
+\def\pgfdeclareradialshading{%
+ \pgf@setup@shading@model
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[%
+ \pgf@declareradialshading{\pgf@declareradialshading[]}}
+\def\pgf@declareradialshading[#1]#2#3#4{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname\pgfutil@empty%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname=\pgfutil@empty
+ \pgfsys@radialshading{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\pgf@shadingcount 1\relax
+ \global\expandafter\edef\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgf@shadingnum}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@func@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgfsys@radialshading}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@args@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{{#3}{#4}}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @pgfshading#2!\endcsname=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \fi}
+
+
+
+
+% Declares a functional shading for later use.
+%
+% #1 = optional dependencies
+% #2 = name of the shading for later use
+% #3 = lower left corner of the shading as a pgfpoint.
+% #4 = upper right corner of the shading as a pgfpoint.
+% #5 = Preparation code
+% #6 = a PDF type 4 function (restricted Postscript function), see the
+% PDF-specification 1.7, section 3.9.4
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command creates a so-called functional shading. For such a
+% shading the color of each point is calculated by calling a function
+% for each point that gets the coordinates as input and yields the
+% color as an output. Note that the function is evaluated by the
+% *renderer*, not by PGF or TeX or someone else at compile-time. This
+% means that the evaluation of this function has to be done *extremely
+% quickly* and the function should be *very simple*. For this reason,
+% only a very restricted set of operations are possible in the
+% function (see 3.9.4 of the PDF-spec 1.7). Also functions should be
+% kept small. Any errors in the function will only be noticed by the
+% renderer.
+%
+% The function gets the coordinates of a point as input (as bp). This
+% input consists of the top two elements of an otherwise empty
+% (virtual, PostScript) stack. The function should then replace these
+% two values by one value representing the gray color of the point for a
+% grayscale shading, three values, representing the red, green, and blue color
+% of the point for an RGB shading, or four values, representing the cyan,
+% magenta, yellow, and black color of the point for a CMYK shading. The
+% numbers should be real values, not integers since Apple's PDF renderer is
+% broken in this regard (use cvr at the end if necessary).
+%
+% Conceptually, the function will be evaluated once for each point of
+% the rectangle (#3) to (#4). A renderer may choose to evaluate the
+% function at less points, but, in principle, the function will be
+% evaluated for each pixel independently.
+%
+% Because of the rather difficult PostScript syntax, use this macro
+% only *if you know what you are doing* (or if you are adventurous, of
+% course).
+%
+% As for other shadings, the optional dependencies argument is used to
+% determine whether a shading needs to be recalculated when a color
+% has changed.
+%
+% The code #5 is executed each time a shading is
+% (re)calculated. Typically, it will contain code to extract
+% coordinates from colors (see below).
+%
+% Inside the PostScript function #6 you cannot use colors
+% directly. Rather, you must push the color components on the
+% stack. For this, it is useful to call \pgfshadecolortorgb,
+% \pgfshadecolortocmyk, or \pgfshadecolortogray in the startup
+% code #4. The macro takes a color name as input and stores the color's
+% component real numbers between 0.0 and 1.0 separated
+% by spaces (which is exactly what you need if you want to push it on
+% a stack) in a macro.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+%\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading{twospots}{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{200bp}{200bp}}{}{
+% 2 copy
+% 90 sub dup mul exch
+% 80 sub dup mul add sqrt
+% dup mul neg 1.0005 exch exp 1.0 exch sub
+% 3 1 roll
+% 120 sub dup mul exch
+% 100 sub dup mul add sqrt
+% dup mul neg 1.002 exch exp 1.0 exch sub
+% 1.0
+%}
+%
+% \pgfdeclarefunctionalshading[mycol]{sweep}{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{100bp}{100bp}}
+% {\pgfshadecolortorgb{mycol}{\myrgb}}{
+% add 150 div % not very useful...
+% dup
+% \myrgb % push mycol
+% 5 4 roll % multiply all components by calculated value
+% mul
+% 3 1 roll
+% 3 index
+% mul
+% 3 1 roll
+% 4 3 roll
+% mul
+% 3 1 roll
+% }
+%
+% \begin{document}
+% Have a look at this: \pgfuseshading{twospots}.
+% Here is \colorlet{mycol}{green!50}\pgfuseshading{sweep} in green
+% and in \colorlet{mycol}{red!50!blue}\pgfuseshading{sweep} in red/blue.
+% \end{document}
+
+\def\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading{%
+ \pgf@setup@shading@model
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[%
+ \pgf@declarefunctionalshading{\pgf@declarefunctionalshading[]}}
+\def\pgf@declarefunctionalshading[#1]#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname\pgfutil@empty%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname=\pgfutil@empty
+ \pgfshade@functionaldo{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\pgf@shadingcount 1\relax
+ \global\expandafter\edef\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgf@shadingnum}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@func@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{\pgfshade@functionaldo}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname pgf@args@pgfshading#2!\endcsname{{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @pgfshading#2!\endcsname=\pgfutil@empty%
+ \fi}
+\def\pgfshade@functionaldo#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \begingroup
+ #4%
+ \pgfsys@functionalshading{#1}{#2}{#3}{#5}%
+ \expandafter\pgfmath@smuggleone\csname @pgfshading#1!\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\pgfshadecolortorgb#1#2{%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgf@tempcol}{#1}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgf@tempcol}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{rgb}{\pgf@rgbcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfshading@rgb\pgf@rgbcolor\relax%
+ \edef#2{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\space\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}\space\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\space}%
+ \c@pgf@counta\escapechar%
+ \escapechar-1\relax%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2red\endcsname{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\space}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2green\endcsname{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}\space}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2blue\endcsname{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\space}%
+ \escapechar\c@pgf@counta%
+}
+\def\pgfshading@rgb#1,#2,#3\relax{%
+ \pgf@xa=#1pt%
+ \pgf@xb=#2pt%
+ \pgf@xc=#3pt%
+}
+
+\def\pgfshadecolortocmyk#1#2{%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgf@tempcol}{#1}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgf@tempcol}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{cmyk}{\pgf@cmykcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfshading@cmyk\pgf@cmykcolor\relax%
+ \edef#2{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\space\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}\space
+ \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\space\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xd}\space}%
+ \c@pgf@counta\escapechar%
+ \escapechar-1\relax%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2cyan\endcsname{%
+ \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\space}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2magenta\endcsname{%
+ \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}\space}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2yellow\endcsname{%
+ \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}\space}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2black\endcsname{%
+ \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xd}\space}%
+ \escapechar\c@pgf@counta
+}
+\def\pgfshading@cmyk#1,#2,#3,#4\relax{%
+ \pgf@xa=#1pt%
+ \pgf@xb=#2pt%
+ \pgf@xc=#3pt%
+ \pgf@xd=#4pt%
+}
+
+\def\pgfshadecolortogray#1#2{%
+ \pgfutil@colorlet{pgf@tempcol}{#1}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{pgf@tempcol}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{gray}{\pgf@graycolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfshading@gray\pgf@graycolor\relax
+ \edef#2{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\space}%
+ \c@pgf@counta\escapechar
+ \escapechar-1\relax
+ \expandafter\edef\csname\string#2gray\endcsname{%
+ \pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}\space}%
+ \escapechar\c@pgf@counta
+}
+\def\pgfshading@gray#1\relax{%
+ \pgf@xa=#1pt%
+}
+
+% Functions to convert between color models in the type 4 PostScript data of
+% functional shadings.
+
+\def\pgffuncshadingrgbtocmyk{%
+ 1.0 exch sub 3 1 roll
+ 1.0 exch sub 3 1 roll
+ 1.0 exch sub 3 1 roll
+ 3 copy
+ 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ dup 3 1 roll sub
+ 0.0 2 copy lt { exch } if pop
+ 1.0 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 4 1 roll
+ dup 3 1 roll sub
+ 0.0 2 copy lt { exch } if pop
+ 1.0 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 4 1 roll
+ dup 3 1 roll sub
+ 0.0 2 copy lt { exch } if pop
+ 1.0 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 4 1 roll
+}
+
+\def\pgffuncshadingrgbtogray{%
+ 0.11 mul exch 0.59 mul add exch 0.3 mul add
+}
+
+\def\pgffuncshadingcmyktorgb{%
+ % covert to CMY
+ dup 3 1 roll add
+ 1.0 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 4 1 roll
+ dup 3 1 roll add
+ 1.0 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 4 1 roll
+ add
+ 1.0 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 3 1 roll
+ % covert to RGB
+ 1.0 exch sub
+ 3 1 roll
+ 1.0 exch sub
+ 3 1 roll
+ 1.0 exch sub
+ 3 1 roll
+}
+
+\def\pgffuncshadingcmyktogray{%
+ exch 0.11 mul add exch 0.59 mul add exch 0.3 mul add
+ 1.0 2 copy gt { exch } if pop
+ 1.0 exch sub
+}
+
+\def\pgffuncshadinggraytorgb{%
+ dup dup
+}
+
+\def\pgffuncshadinggraytocmyk{%
+ 0.0 0.0 0.0
+ 4 3 roll
+}
+
+% Inserts a box into the text that contains a previously defined
+% shading.
+%
+% #1 = Name of a shading
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfuseshading{redtogreentoblue}
+
+\def\pgfuseshading#1{%
+ \edef\pgf@shadingname{@pgfshading#1}%
+ \pgf@tryextensions{\pgf@shadingname}{\pgfalternateextension}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@ifundefined\expandafter{\pgf@shadingname}%
+ {\pgferror{Undefined shading "#1"}}%
+ {%
+ \edef\pgf@shade@adds{\csname pgf@num\pgf@shadingname\endcsname}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@deps\pgf@shadingname}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \pgf@setup@shading@model
+ \begingroup
+ \pgfutil@globalcolorsfalse
+ \edef\@list{\csname pgf@deps\pgf@shadingname\endcsname}%
+ \pgfutil@for\@temp:=\@list\do{%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{applycolormixins}{}{\applycolormixins{\@temp}}%
+ \pgfutil@extractcolorspec{\@temp}{\pgf@tempcolor}%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@convertcolorspec\pgf@tempcolor{\pgf@shading@model}{\pgf@color}%
+ \edef\pgf@shade@adds{\pgf@shade@adds,\pgf@color}%
+ }%
+ \pgfmath@smuggleone\pgf@shade@adds
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ \expandafter\pgf@strip@shadename\pgf@shadingname!!%
+ \edef\pgf@shadingxname{@pgfshading\pgf@basename\pgf@shade@adds!}%
+ \pgfutil@ifundefined{\pgf@shadingxname}%
+ {%
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\@temp{\expandafter\noexpand\csname pgf@func\pgf@shadingname\endcsname}%
+ \edef\@args{{\pgf@basename\pgf@shade@adds}}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@@args
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\csname pgf@args\pgf@shadingname\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@temp\expandafter\@args\@@args
+ \expandafter\pgfmath@smuggleone\csname\pgf@shadingxname\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \pgf@invokeshading{\csname\pgf@shadingxname\endcsname}%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@strip@shadename @pgfshading#1!!!{\def\pgf@basename{#1}}
+
+\def\pgf@invokeshading#1{%
+ \ifpgfpicture%
+ \pgfsys@shadinginsidepgfpicture{#1}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsys@shadingoutsidepgfpicture{#1}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+% Create an alias name for a shading
+%
+% #1 = name of the alias
+% #2 = name of the original
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfaliasshading{shading!25}{shadingshaded}
+
+\def\pgfaliasshading#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\expandafter=\csname @pgfshading#2!\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @pgfshading#1!\endcsname=\pgf@temp%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\expandafter=\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#2!\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@num@pgfshading#1!\endcsname=\pgf@temp%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\expandafter=\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#2!\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@deps@pgfshading#1!\endcsname=\pgf@temp%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\expandafter=\csname pgf@func@pgfshading#2!\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@func@pgfshading#1!\endcsname=\pgf@temp%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgf@temp\expandafter=\csname pgf@args@pgfshading#2!\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgf@args@pgfshading#1!\endcsname=\pgf@temp%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Shades the current path, but does not discard it.
+%
+% #1 - a shading (see below)
+% #2 - an angle
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% \pgfshadepath ``tries'' to fill the
+% current path with a shading. The shading's original size should
+% completely cover the area between (0,0) and (100bp,100bp). The
+% shading will be rotated by #2 and then rescaled so that it
+% completely covers the path. Then the path will be used (locally) for
+% clipping and the shading is drawn.
+%
+% In addition to the rotation, any transformation set by the
+%\pgfsetadditionalshadetransform will also be applied.
+%
+% After all this, the path can still be used for the normal
+% stroking/clipping operations.
+%
+% The shading is rotated around its middle. If no rotation occurs, the
+% lower left corner of the path will lie on (25bp, 25bp), the upper
+% right corner on (75bp, 75bp).
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclareverticalshading{myshading}{100bp}{color(0pt)=(red); color(100bp)=(green)}
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgforigin}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(1,0)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(1,1)}
+% \pgfshadepath{myshading}{0}
+% \pgfusepath{stroke}
+
+\def\pgfshadepath#1#2{%
+ \ifdim\pgf@pathminx=16000pt%
+ \pgfwarning{No path specified that can be filled}%
+ \else%
+ \begingroup%
+ % Calculate center:
+ \pgf@xb=.5\pgf@pathmaxx%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by.5\pgf@pathminx%
+ \pgf@yb=.5\pgf@pathmaxy%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by.5\pgf@pathminy%
+ % Calculate rotation:
+ \pgfmathparse{#2}%
+ \let\pgfshade@angle=\pgfmathresult
+ \pgfmathsin@\pgfshade@angle
+ \let\pgfshade@sin=\pgfmathresult
+ \pgfmathcos@\pgfshade@angle
+ \let\pgfshade@cos=\pgfmathresult
+ % width and height of the bounding box
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@pathmaxx
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@pathminx
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@pathmaxy
+ \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@pathminy
+ % Calculate scaling:
+ % xscale = 1pt/50bp * (w*|cos(a)|+h*|sin(a)|)/(|cos(a)|+|sin(a)|)
+ % yscale = 1pt/50bp * (w*|sin(a)|+h*|cos(a)|)/(|cos(a)|+|sin(a)|)
+ % 1pt/50bp = .01992528
+ \pgfmathabs@\pgfshade@sin
+ \let\pgfshade@abssin=\pgfmathresult
+ \pgfmathabs@\pgfshade@cos
+ \let\pgfshade@abscos=\pgfmathresult
+ \pgf@xc=\pgfshade@abscos\pgf@xa
+ \advance\pgf@xc by\pgfshade@abssin\pgf@ya
+ \pgf@yc=\pgfshade@abssin\pgf@xa
+ \advance\pgf@yc by\pgfshade@abscos\pgf@ya
+ \pgfmathadd@\pgfshade@abscos\pgfshade@abssin
+ \pgfmathdivide@{.01992528}{\pgfmathresult}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgfmathresult\pgf@xc
+ \pgf@yc=\pgfmathresult\pgf@yc
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc<0.0001pt
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc>-0.0001pt
+ \pgf@no@shadetrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\pgf@yc<0.0001pt
+ \ifdim\pgf@yc>-0.0001pt
+ \pgf@no@shadetrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifpgf@no@shade\else
+ \pgfsys@beginscope
+ \pgfsyssoftpath@invokecurrentpath
+ \pgfsys@clipnext
+ \pgfsys@discardpath
+ % Compute new transformation matrix:
+ % shift
+ \pgfsys@transformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}%
+ % rotation
+ \pgf@x=\pgfshade@sin pt%
+ \pgf@xa=-\pgf@x%
+ \pgfsys@transformcm{\pgfshade@cos}{\pgfshade@sin}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}}{\pgfshade@cos}{0pt}{0pt}%
+ % scaling
+ \pgfsys@transformcm{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}}{0}{0}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yc}}{0pt}{0pt}%
+ % This will actually be the first transformation of the shading.
+ % Should it be applied first so that it becomes the last one?
+ \ifx\pgf@shade@extra@transform\pgfutil@empty%
+ \else%
+ \pgflowlevel{\pgf@shade@extra@transform}%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfuseshading{#1}%
+ \pgfsys@endscope%
+ \fi%
+ \endgroup%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\newif\ifpgf@no@shade
+
+% Additionally transform shade paths
+%
+% #1 = Transformation code that is used in addition to the normal
+% shading transformation.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetadditionalshadetransform{\pgftransformrotate{30}}
+
+\def\pgfsetadditionalshadetransform#1{\def\pgf@shade@extra@transform{#1}}
+\let\pgf@shade@extra@transform=\pgfutil@empty
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be252065c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcoretransformations.code.tex}
+
+
+% Position transformations
+
+\newdimen\pgf@pt@x
+\newdimen\pgf@pt@y
+
+\newdimen\pgf@pt@temp
+
+\newif\ifpgf@pt@identity
+\pgf@pt@identitytrue
+
+\def\pgf@pt@aa{1.0} \def\pgf@pt@ab{0.0}
+\def\pgf@pt@ba{0.0} \def\pgf@pt@bb{1.0}
+
+
+
+% Store the current transformation matrix in a macro.
+%
+% #1 = macro name
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfgettransform\mytransform
+
+\def\pgfgettransform#1{%
+ \edef#1{{\pgf@pt@aa}{\pgf@pt@ab}{\pgf@pt@ba}{\pgf@pt@bb}{\the\pgf@pt@x}{\the\pgf@pt@y}}%
+}
+
+% Store the current transformation matrix in a set of macros, one for
+% each single entry.
+%
+% #1-#4 are macro which store the matrix entries (0,0), (0,1), (1,0),
+% (1,1) (in this order). It is the same order as for \pgftransformcm.
+%
+% #5 is a macro which will be filled with the x shift and
+% #6 is a macro which will be filled with the y shift.
+%
+% Example:
+% \pgfgettransformentries\aa\ab\ba\bb\shiftx\shifty
+%
+% ->
+%
+% \pgftransformcm\aa\ab\ba\bb{\pgfqpoint{\shiftx}{\shifty}}
+%
+% or
+%
+% \pgfsettransformentries\aa\ab\ba\bb\shiftx\shifty
+\def\pgfgettransformentries#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \edef#1{\pgf@pt@aa}%
+ \edef#2{\pgf@pt@ab}% attention: this is (1,0), i.e. the point which is usually labelled 'ba'!
+ \edef#3{\pgf@pt@ba}% attention: this is (0,1), i.e. the point which is usually labelled 'ab'!
+ \edef#4{\pgf@pt@bb}%
+ \edef#5{\the\pgf@pt@x}%
+ \edef#6{\the\pgf@pt@y}%
+}%
+\def\pgfsettransformentries#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \pgfsettransform{{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
+}%
+
+% Restore the current transformation matrix from a macro.
+%
+% #1 = macro name, previously used with \pgfgettransform
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsettransform\mytransform
+
+\def\pgfsettransform#1{%
+ \edef\pgf@temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pgf@settransform\pgf@temp%
+}
+\def\pgf@settransform#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \def\pgf@pt@aa{#1}%
+ \def\pgf@pt@ab{#2}%
+ \def\pgf@pt@ba{#3}%
+ \def\pgf@pt@bb{#4}%
+ \pgf@pt@x=#5%
+ \pgf@pt@y=#6%
+ \edef\pgf@idtest{#1,#2,#3,#4}%
+ \ifx\pgf@idtest\pgf@idmatrixtext%
+ \pgf@pt@identitytrue%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@pt@identityfalse%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\def\pgf@idmatrixtext{1.0,0.0,0.0,1.0}
+\def\pgf@zerozerotext{0.0,0.0}
+\def\pgf@one@text{1.0}
+\def\pgf@zero@text{0.0}
+
+% Transformation command
+%
+% #1 = x dimension
+% #2 = y dimension
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Applies the pgfs transformation matrix to the point (#1,#2). The
+% result is once more stored in the point.
+%
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}
+
+\def\pgf@pos@transform#1#2{%
+ \ifpgf@pt@identity%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@pt@temp=#1%
+ #1=\pgf@pt@aa#1%
+ \advance#1 by\pgf@pt@ba#2%
+ #2=\pgf@pt@bb#2%
+ \advance#2 by\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@pt@temp%
+ \fi%
+ \advance#1 by\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance#2 by\pgf@pt@y%
+}
+\def\pgf@pos@transform@glob{%
+ \ifpgf@pt@identity%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@pt@temp=\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@x%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@pt@ba\pgf@y%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@pt@bb\pgf@y%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@pt@temp%
+ \fi%
+ \global\advance\pgf@x by\pgf@pt@x%
+ \global\advance\pgf@y by\pgf@pt@y%
+}
+
+
+% Invert the current transformation matrix
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command replaces the current transformation matrix by its
+% inverse. The inversion is not very exact if the matrix is nearly
+% singular.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransforminvert
+
+\def\pgftransforminvert{%
+ % First, invert the shift. That's easy
+ \pgf@pt@x=-\pgf@pt@x
+ \pgf@pt@y=-\pgf@pt@y
+ \ifpgf@pt@identity%
+ \else%
+ % Sigh. Have to calculate the inverse of the matrix.
+ % Perhaps we are lucky and ba and bb are zero?
+ \edef\pgf@zerotest{\pgf@pt@ab,\pgf@pt@ba}%
+ \ifx\pgf@zerotest\pgf@zerozerotext%
+ % Ha! Just invert aa and bb
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@pt@aa}%
+ \let\pgf@pt@aa\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@pt@bb}%
+ \let\pgf@pt@bb\pgfmathresult%
+ \else%
+ % Start with determinant
+ % Matrix = (aa ab
+ % ba bb)
+ {%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=\pgf@pt@aa pt%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=\pgf@pt@bb\pgfutil@tempdima% aa * bb
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgf@pt@ba pt%
+ \pgfutil@tempdimb=\pgf@pt@ab\pgfutil@tempdimb% ba * ab
+ \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by -\pgfutil@tempdimb% aa*bb - ba*ab
+ % Invert
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgfutil@tempdima}}%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=\pgfmathresult pt%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@pt@bb\pgfutil@tempdima% bb/(det A)
+ \xdef\pgf@new@pt@aa{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@pt@aa\pgfutil@tempdima% aa/(det A)
+ \xdef\pgf@new@pt@bb{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima=-\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@pt@ba\pgfutil@tempdima% -ba/(det A)
+ \xdef\pgf@new@pt@ba{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@pt@ab\pgfutil@tempdima% -ab/(det A)
+ \xdef\pgf@new@pt@ab{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}%
+ }%
+ \let\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@new@pt@aa%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@new@pt@ab%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ba\pgf@new@pt@ba%
+ \let\pgf@pt@bb\pgf@new@pt@bb%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@pt@temp=\pgf@pt@x%
+ \pgf@pt@x=\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@pt@x%
+ \advance\pgf@pt@x by\pgf@pt@ba\pgf@pt@y%
+ \pgf@pt@y=\pgf@pt@bb\pgf@pt@y%
+ \advance\pgf@pt@y by\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@pt@temp%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% PGF-Level concatenation of the transformation matrix with a given
+% matrix.
+%
+% #1 - #5 = a concatenation matrix (see pdf spec). Entry #5 is a
+% translation point.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% All coordinates given to subsequent path construction commands will
+% be transformed additionally by the given transformation matrix. If
+% the command is followed by a 6th argument, the transformation is
+% only applied to this argument.
+%
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{\pgfpoint{100pt}{0pt}} % 100pt to the right.
+%
+% \pgftransformcm{2}{0}{0}{2}{\pgfpointorigin} % double in size
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{0cm}}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgflineto{1cm}{1cm}} % actually 2cm/2cm
+
+\def\pgftransformcm#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand\pgf@transformcm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+ \pgf@marshal{#5}%
+}
+\def\pgf@transformcm#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ {%
+ \pgf@process{#5}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ %
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@y{#2}%
+ %
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by \pgf@pt@ba\pgf@y%
+ %
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by \pgf@pt@bb\pgf@y%
+ %
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{#3}%
+ \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@y{#4}%
+ %
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by \pgf@pt@ba\pgf@y%
+ %
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by \pgf@pt@bb\pgf@y%
+ %
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@pt@ba\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@pt@x%
+ %
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@xc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@pt@bb\pgf@yc%
+ \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@pt@y%
+ %
+ \global\pgf@x=\pgf@x%
+ \global\pgf@y=\pgf@y%
+ \xdef\pgf@tempaa{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}}%
+ \xdef\pgf@tempab{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}}%
+ \xdef\pgf@tempba{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xb}}%
+ \xdef\pgf@tempbb{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yb}}%
+ }%
+ \pgf@pt@x=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@pt@y=\pgf@y%
+ \let\pgf@pt@aa=\pgf@tempaa%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ba=\pgf@tempba%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ab=\pgf@tempab%
+ \let\pgf@pt@bb=\pgf@tempbb%
+ \edef\pgf@idtest{\pgf@pt@aa,\pgf@pt@ba,\pgf@pt@ab,\pgf@pt@bb}%
+ \ifx\pgf@idtest\pgf@idmatrixtext%
+ \pgf@pt@identitytrue%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@pt@identityfalse%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+% Transformation into a given triangle. The three corners of the
+% triangle are called "origin", "x" and "y" are given. After this
+% transformation has been applied, the canvas origin is at "origin",
+% the vector (1pt,0pt) lies at "x" and the vector (0pt,1pt) lies at
+% "y".
+%
+% #1 = origin
+% #2 = x
+% #3 = y
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformtriangle{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}{\pgfpoint{-1cm}{1cm}}
+
+\def\pgftransformtriangle#1#2#3{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@y%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by-\pgf@y%
+ \pgftransformcm%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya}%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xb}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yb}%
+ {\pgfpoint{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}}%
+}
+
+
+
+% Undo all transformations
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftansformreset
+
+\def\pgftransformreset{%
+ \pgf@pt@x=0pt%
+ \pgf@pt@y=0pt%
+ \let\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@one@text%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ba\pgf@zero@text%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@zero@text%
+ \let\pgf@pt@bb\pgf@one@text%
+ \pgf@pt@identitytrue%
+}
+
+
+% Undo all slanting/rotation, but not translations
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformresetnontranslations
+
+\def\pgftransformresetnontranslations{%
+ \let\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@one@text%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ba\pgf@zero@text%
+ \let\pgf@pt@ab\pgf@zero@text%
+ \let\pgf@pt@bb\pgf@one@text%
+ \pgf@pt@identitytrue%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Shifting command and environment
+%
+% #1 = vector by which all subsequent points should be moved.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftansformshift{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}
+
+\def\pgftransformshift#1{\pgftransformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{#1}}
+\def\pgftransformxshift#1{\pgftransformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{\pgfpoint{#1}{+0pt}}}
+\def\pgftransformyshift#1{\pgftransformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{\pgfpoint{+0pt}{#1}}}
+
+
+
+
+% Scaling commands
+%
+% #1 = scaling for all subsequent points.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformscale{2}
+% \pgftransformxscale{2}
+% \pgftransformyscale{2}
+
+\def\pgftransformscale#1{\pgftransformcm{#1}{0}{0}{#1}{\pgfpointorigin}}
+\def\pgftransformxscale#1{\pgftransformcm{#1}{0}{0}{1.0}{\pgfpointorigin}}
+\def\pgftransformyscale#1{\pgftransformcm{1.0}{0}{0}{#1}{\pgfpointorigin}}
+
+
+
+% Slanting commands
+%
+% #1 = slanting in x-direction. 1 means 45 degrees.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformxslant{2}
+% \pgftransformyslant{2}
+
+\def\pgftransformxslant#1{\pgftransformcm{1.0}{0}{#1}{1.0}{\pgfpointorigin}}
+\def\pgftransformyslant#1{\pgftransformcm{1.0}{#1}{0}{1.0}{\pgfpointorigin}}
+
+
+
+% Rotation commands
+%
+% #1 = degrees for the rotation
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformrotate{30}
+
+\def\pgftransformrotate#1{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \let\pgftransform@angle=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathsin@{\pgftransform@angle}%
+ \let\pgftransform@sin=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgfmathcos@{\pgftransform@angle}%
+ \let\pgftransform@cos=\pgfmathresult%
+ \pgf@x=\pgftransform@sin pt%
+ \pgf@xa=-\pgf@x%
+ \pgftransformcm{\pgftransform@cos}{\pgftransform@sin}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xa}}{\pgftransform@cos}{\pgfpointorigin}%
+}
+
+
+
+% The following if's have the following effect:
+%
+% \ifpgfslopedattime decides whether the coordinate system of an
+% xxxattime transformation command should be rotated such that text
+% drawn on the line should be tangent to the line
+%
+% \ifpgfallowupsidedowattime decides whether the transformation should
+% be done in such a way that the text is always ``upright,'' that is,
+% text drawn in this coordinate system is never upside-down.
+%
+% \ifpgfresetnontranslationattime decides whether the coordinate
+% system of an xxxattime transformation command should be reset
+% (concerning the non-translations) before a possible rotation is
+% applied. This is useful, for example, if the main coordinate system
+% is scaled by, say, a factor of 2 and you do not want that to apply
+% to the text, but you do want the rotation to apply.
+
+\newif\ifpgfslopedattime
+\newif\ifpgfallowupsidedownattime
+\newif\ifpgfresetnontranslationattime
+
+
+% Transform to the coordinate system of a point on a line
+%
+% #1 = a time fraction of line where to put the label, where 0 means start,
+% 1 means end, and for example 0.5 means the middle.
+% #2 = start of line
+% #3 = end of line
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% {
+% \pgftransformlineattime{.5}{\pgfxy(0,0)}{\pgfxy(3,2)}
+% \pgftext{Hi!}
+% }
+%
+% {
+% \pgftransformlineattime{.75}{\pgfxy(0,0)}{\pgfxy(3,2)}
+% \pgftransformresetnontranslations
+% \pgftext{Hi!}
+% }
+%
+\def\pgftransformlineattime#1#2#3{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@xb=\pgf@x% xb/yb = start point
+ \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@x% xc/yc = end point
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%
+ \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointlineattime{#1}{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}}%
+ \ifpgfresetnontranslationattime%
+ \pgftransformresetnontranslations%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgfslopedattime%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by-\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by-\pgf@yb%
+ \ifpgfallowupsidedownattime%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc<0pt%
+ \pgf@xc=-\pgf@xc%
+ \pgf@yc=-\pgf@yc%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xc%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@yc%
+ \pgfpointnormalised{}% x/y = normalised vector
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@y%
+ \pgftransformcm%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@y}}%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgfpointorigin}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+% Transform to the coordinate system of a point on an arc
+%
+% #1 = a time fraction of line where to put the label, where 0 means start,
+% 1 means end, and for example 0.5 means the middle.
+% #2 = center of an ellipse
+% #3 = 0-degree axis of the ellipse
+% #4 = 90-degree axis of the ellipse
+% #4 = start angle of the arc on this ellipse
+% #5 = end angle of the arc on this ellipse
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% {
+% \pgftransformlineattime{.5}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}{30}{40}
+% \pgftext{Hi!}
+% }
+
+\def\pgftransformarcaxesattime#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \pgfpointarcaxesattime{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
+ \pgftransformshift{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}}%
+ \ifpgfresetnontranslationattime%
+ \pgftransformresetnontranslations%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgfslopedattime%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@process{\pgfpointnormalised{}}%
+ \ifpgfallowupsidedownattime%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x<0pt%
+ \pgf@x=-\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@y=-\pgf@y%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@y%
+ \pgftransformcm%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@y}}%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgfpointorigin}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Transform to the coordinate system of a point on a curve
+%
+% #1 = a time fraction of line where to put the label, where 0 means start,
+% 1 means end, and for example 0.5 means the middle.
+% #2 = start of line
+% #3 = first control
+% #4 = second control
+% #5 = end of line
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% {
+% \pgftransformcurveattime{.5}{\pgfxy(0,0)}{\pgfxy(3,2)}
+% \pgftext{Hi!}
+% }
+%
+% {
+% \pgftransformcurveattime{.75}{\pgfxy(0,0)}{\pgfxy(3,2)}
+% \pgftransformresetnontranslations
+% \pgftext{Hi!}
+% }
+%
+\def\pgftransformcurveattime#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \pgfpointcurveattime{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ \pgftransformshift{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}}%
+ \ifpgfresetnontranslationattime%
+ \pgftransformresetnontranslations%
+ \fi%
+ \ifpgfslopedattime%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@ya%
+ \advance\pgf@x by-\pgf@xb%
+ \advance\pgf@y by-\pgf@yb%
+ \ifpgfallowupsidedownattime%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\pgf@x<0pt%
+ \pgf@x=-\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@y=-\pgf@y%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfpointnormalised{}% x/y = normalised vector
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@y%
+ \pgftransformcm%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@y}}%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgfpointorigin}%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+% Transform to the coordinate system of an arrow at the end of the
+% line going from point #1 to point #2 with the correct rotation.
+%
+% #1 = a start point an (invisible) line
+% #2 = an end point an (invisible) line
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgftransformarrow{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0cm}}
+
+\def\pgftransformarrow#1#2{%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgftransformshift{}%
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@x%
+ \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@x=\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@y=\pgf@ya%
+ \pgfpointnormalised{}%
+ \pgf@ya=-\pgf@y%
+ \pgftransformcm%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@y}}%
+ {\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@ya}}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@x}}{\pgfqpoint{0pt}{0pt}}%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Computes transformations adjustments for the current transformation
+% matrix
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command is used when you install a transformation matrix that
+% scales everything by a certain factor, but you still wish to draw
+% something with "an absolute size". Suppose for instance that you
+% install a transformation matrix that scales everything by a factor
+% of 4 and you now wish to draw a horizontal line of length 1cm. Then,
+% if you do not reset the transformation matrix, you can draw a line
+% of logical length 2.5mm, which will then get scaled to a line of
+% 1cm.
+%
+% Things get more difficult in case you scale things only, say,
+% vertically. In this case, the adjustment necessary for horizontal
+% lines is different from the one needed for vertical lines.
+%
+% This function computes the necessary scaling factors and puts them
+% in the macros \pgfhorizontaltransformationadjustment and
+% \pgfverticaltransformationadjustment.
+%
+% Note that the "right" way to draw a line of absolute length 1cm in a
+% transformed coordinate system is to first compute the start point
+% and to then reset the transformation matrix. The transformation
+% adjustments computed here are important only in situations where you
+% cannot do this, for instance when an "outer xsep" must be set.
+
+\def\pgftransformationadjustments{%
+ \ifpgf@pt@identity%
+ \let\pgfhorizontaltransformationadjustment\pgf@one@text%
+ \let\pgfverticaltransformationadjustment\pgf@one@text%
+ \else%
+ {%
+ \pgf@pt@x0pt%
+ \pgf@pt@y0pt%
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{1pt}{0pt}}%
+ \pgfmathveclen@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@y}%
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgfmathresult}%
+ \global\let\pgf@temp@hori\pgfmathresult
+ \pgfpointtransformed{\pgfqpoint{0pt}{1pt}}%
+ \pgfmathveclen@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@x}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@y}%
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgfmathresult}%
+ \global\let\pgf@temp@vert\pgfmathresult
+ \xdef\pgf@marshal@b{\def\noexpand\pgfverticaltransformationadjustment{\pgfmathresult}}
+ }%
+ \let\pgfhorizontaltransformationadjustment\pgf@temp@hori%
+ \let\pgfverticaltransformationadjustment\pgf@temp@vert%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+\let\pgfhorizontaltransformationadjustment\pgf@one@text
+\let\pgfverticaltransformationadjustment\pgf@one@text
+
+
+% Low-level transformations
+
+% Causes the current high-level transformation command to be applied
+% to the low-level.
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% All subsequent drawing will be transformed additionally by the
+% current high-level transformation. Thus, the high-level
+% transformation becomes the low-level transformation. The high-level
+% transformation is reset at this point.
+
+\def\pgflowlevelsynccm{%
+ \pgfsys@transformcm%
+ {\pgf@pt@aa}{\pgf@pt@ab}%
+ {\pgf@pt@ba}{\pgf@pt@bb}%
+ {\pgf@pt@x}{\pgf@pt@y}%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+}
+
+
+
+% Causes a transformation command to be applied to the ``lowlevel''
+% transformation matrix.
+%
+% #1 - a high-level transformation command
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% All subsequent drawing will be transformed additionally by the given
+% transformation matrix. Note that PGF will no longer be able to
+% ``keep track'' of the coordinates. Also, transformations are applied
+% to *everything*, including line thickness and line endings. Most
+% often, this is not desirable.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgflowlevel{\pgftransformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{\pgfpoint{100pt}{0pt}}} % 100bp to the right.
+%
+% \begin{pgflowlevelscope}{\pgftransformcm{2}{0}{0}{2}{\pgfpointorigin}} % double in size
+% \pgfmoveto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{0cm}}
+% \pgflineto{\pgflineto{1cm}{1cm}} % actually 2cm/2cm
+% \end{pgflowlevelscope}
+
+\def\pgflowlevel#1{%
+ {%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ #1%
+ \pgflowlevelsynccm%
+ }%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+}
+
+\def\pgflowlevelscope#1{\pgfscope\pgflowlevel{#1}}
+\def\endpgflowlevelscope{\endpgfscope}
+
+\long\def\pgflowlevelobj#1#2{\pgfscope{\pgflowlevel{#1}#2}\endpgfscope}
+
+
+
+% View boxes
+
+% Establishes a view box scope
+%
+% #1 and #2 = two opposite corners of the source rectangle
+% #3 and #4 = two opposite corners of the target rectangle
+% #5 = "meet" or "slice"
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% Inside the viewbox scope, the source rectangle will be translated
+% and scaled so that it becomes centered on the target rectangle and
+% will, for "meet", be as large as possible so that it fits inside the
+% target and, for "slice", be as small as possible so that it
+% encompasses the target.
+
+\def\pgfviewboxscope#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ {% Compute rectangle corners
+ \pgf@process{#1}%
+ \pgf@pos@transform@glob
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#2}%
+ \pgf@pos@transform@glob
+ \ifdim\pgf@x<\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@xb\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@xc\pgf@xa%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@xb\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@xc\pgf@x%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y<\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@yb\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@yc\pgf@ya%
+ \else%
+ \pgf@yb\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@yc\pgf@y%
+ \fi%
+ \pgf@process{#3}%
+ \pgf@pos@transform@glob
+ \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%
+ \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%
+ \pgf@process{#4}%
+ \pgf@pos@transform@glob
+ \ifdim\pgf@x<\pgf@xa%
+ \else%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima\pgf@x
+ \pgf@x\pgf@xa%
+ \pgf@xa\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\pgf@y<\pgf@ya%
+ \else%
+ \pgfutil@tempdima\pgf@y
+ \pgf@y\pgf@ya%
+ \pgf@ya\pgfutil@tempdima%
+ \fi%
+ \pgfusetype{.view}%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{\expandafter\noexpand\csname pgfsys@viewbox#5\endcsname{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%
+ \pgf@marshal%
+ }%
+ \pgf@relevantforpicturesizefalse%
+}
+
+\def\endpgfviewboxscope{\pgfsys@endviewbox}
+
+\let\startpgfviewboxscope=\pgfviewboxscope
+\let\stoppgfviewboxscope=\endpgfviewboxscope
+
+% Forward declarations for nonlinear stuff (have no effect till module
+% nonlineartransformations is loaded)
+
+\let\pgfapproximatenonlineartranslation\relax
+\let\pgfapproximatenonlineartransformation\relax
+\def\pgftransformnonlinear#1{\pgferror{You need to say
+ \string\usepgfmodule{nonlineartransformations} to use nonlinear transformations}}
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7da8f5a378
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+%
+% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
+
+\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcoretransparency.code.tex}
+
+
+% Sets the opacity of stroking operations.
+%
+% #1 = opacity, where 1 means fully opaque and 0 means fully
+% transparent.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetstrokeopacity{0.5}
+
+\def\pgfsetstrokeopacity#1{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pgfsys@stroke@opacity\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}
+
+
+% Sets the opacity of stroking operations.
+%
+% #1 = opacity, where 1 means fully opaque and 0 means fully
+% transparent.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetfillopacity{0.5}
+
+\def\pgfsetfillopacity#1{%
+ \pgfmathparse{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pgfsys@fill@opacity\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}
+
+
+
+% Sets the current blend mode. See Section 7.2.4 of the PDF
+% Specification 1.7 for an introduction to blend modes in general.
+%
+% #1 = One of the following modes, see also section 7.2.4 of the
+% PDF Specification 1.7. (The PGF names, which are all lowercase with
+% spaces as usual, must be mapped to the PDF or SVG by the drivers.)
+%
+% normal
+% multiply
+% screen
+% overlay
+% darken
+% lighten
+% color dodge
+% color burn
+% hard light
+% soft light
+% difference
+% exclusion
+% saturation
+% color
+% hue
+% luminosity
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfsetblendmode{multiply}
+
+\def\pgfsetblendmode#1{\pgfsys@blend@mode{#1}}
+
+
+% Declares a new fading based on the contents of a box.
+%
+% #1 = name of the fading
+% #2 = content of a TeX box that specifies the fading
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command declares a new fading based on the contents of
+% the TeX box. The mask can later be used to mask other graphics.
+%
+% The box is used to determine where the mask is opaque: At the
+% beginning, the mask is completely transparent. Wherever the box
+% contains something (like text or a picture or whatever), the
+% luminosity of the text/graphic is used to determine how opaque the
+% point will be. The greater the luminosity, the more opaque. The net
+% effect is that white corresponds to "completely opaque" and black to
+% "completely transparent". This is rather counterintuitive. Because
+% of this, the special color "pgftransparent" is defined, which is the
+% same as black. By setting the color to, say,
+% \color{pgftransparent!10} you get something that is 10% transparent
+% and \color{pgftransparent!90} gives you 90% transparency.
+%
+% By default, the drawing color is set to opaque.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclarefading{mymask}{
+% \fontsize{200}{200}\bfseries
+% Ti\emph{k}Z
+% }
+% \pgfdeclarefading{myothermask}{
+% \tikz \shade [left color=transparent,right color=transparent!0]
+% (0,0) rectangle (5,5);
+% }
+
+\def\pgfdeclarefading#1#2{%
+ \setbox\pgfutil@tempboxa=\hbox{{\pgfsys@beginscope\pgfutil@color{white}\ignorespaces#2\pgfsys@endscope}}%
+ \pgfsys@fadingfrombox{#1}\pgfutil@tempboxa%
+}
+
+\pgfutil@colorlet{pgftransparent}{black}
+
+
+% Use a previously declared fading.
+%
+% #1 = name of the fading
+% #2 = transformation code
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% The command should be used *inside* a pgfpicture to install a
+% fading. The fading is a part of the graphic state. (This command
+% works much like \pgfsetstrokeopacity).
+%
+% The mask will be centered on the origin. The transformation code #2 is
+% applied to the mask (but not the contents of the actual picture).
+
+\def\pgfsetfading#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \pgftransformreset%
+ #2%
+ \pgfgettransform{\pgftrans@temp}%
+ \edef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand\pgfsys@usefading{#1}\pgftrans@temp}%
+ \pgf@marshal%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+
+% Use a previously declared fading scaled for the current path.
+%
+% #1 - an fading
+% #2 - extra transformations
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command works a bit like \pgfshadepath. "Works a bit like"
+% means the following: The masks's original size should
+% completely cover the area between (0,0) and (100bp,100bp). The
+% mask is then rescaled so that it completely covers the path. Then
+% the additional transformation #2 is applied. Finally, the mask is
+% made part of the graphic state (as with \pgfsetfading). The path
+% used for computation purposes only -- it is not drawn or otherwise
+% used.
+%
+% If no transformations occur, the lower left corner of the path will
+% lie on (25bp, 25bp), the upper right corner on (75bp, 75bp).
+%
+% If the path was empty, the fading will be used at its natural size,
+% centered on the origin.
+%
+% Example:
+%
+% \pgfdeclarefading{fade right}
+% {\tikz[left color=transparent!0,right color=transparent!100]
+% (0,0) rectangle (100bp,100bp);}
+%
+% \pgfpathmoveto{\pgforigin}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(1,0)}
+% \pgfpathlineto{\pgfxy(1,1)}
+% \pgfsetfadingforcurrentpath{fade right}{}
+% \pgfusepath{fill}
+
+\def\pgfsetfadingforcurrentpath#1#2{%
+ \ifdim\pgf@pathminx=16000pt%
+ % Path was empty -> use natural size
+ \pgfsetfading{#1}{#2}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsetfading{#1}{%
+ % Calculate center:
+ \pgf@xb=.5\pgf@pathmaxx%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by.5\pgf@pathminx%
+ \pgf@yb=.5\pgf@pathmaxy%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by.5\pgf@pathminy%
+ % Calculate scaling:
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@pathmaxx%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by-\pgf@pathminx%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc<0.1pt\pgf@xc=0.1pt\fi%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@pathmaxy%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by-\pgf@pathminy%
+ \ifdim\pgf@yc<0.1pt\pgf@yc=0.1pt\fi%
+ \pgf@xc=.02\pgf@xc%
+ \pgf@yc=.02\pgf@yc%
+ % Compute new transformation matrix:
+ \pgftransformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}%
+ \pgftransformcm{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}}{0}{0}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yc}}{\pgfpointorigin}%
+ \pgfsys@clipfading%
+ #2%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+
+
+% Use a previously declared fading scaled for the current path.
+%
+% #1 - an fading
+% #2 - extra transformations
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This command works like \pgfsetfadingforcurrentpath, only it takes
+% the current line width into account: Before the path is considered,
+% it is enlarged by half the line width in all directions.
+
+\def\pgfsetfadingforcurrentpathstroked#1#2{%
+ \ifdim\pgf@pathminx=16000pt%
+ % Path was empty -> use natural size
+ \pgfsetfading{#1}{#2}%
+ \else%
+ \pgfsetfading{#1}{%
+ % Calculate center:
+ \pgf@xb=.5\pgf@pathmaxx%
+ \advance\pgf@xb by.5\pgf@pathminx%
+ \pgf@yb=.5\pgf@pathmaxy%
+ \advance\pgf@yb by.5\pgf@pathminy%
+ % Calculate scaling:
+ \pgf@xc=\pgf@pathmaxx%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by-\pgf@pathminx%
+ \advance\pgf@xc by\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgf@xc<0.1pt\pgf@xc=0.1pt\fi%
+ \pgf@yc=\pgf@pathmaxy%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by-\pgf@pathminy%
+ \advance\pgf@yc by\pgflinewidth%
+ \ifdim\pgf@yc<0.1pt\pgf@yc=0.1pt\fi%
+ \pgf@xc=.02\pgf@xc%
+ \pgf@yc=.02\pgf@yc%
+ % Compute new transformation matrix:
+ \pgftransformcm{1}{0}{0}{1}{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}%
+ \pgftransformcm{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@xc}}{0}{0}{\pgf@sys@tonumber{\pgf@yc}}{\pgfpointorigin}%
+ \pgfsys@clipfading%
+ #2%
+ }%
+ \fi%
+}
+
+
+% Group things in a a transparency group
+%
+% Description:
+%
+% This takes groups pgf commands inside a pgfpicture in a transparency
+% group. This means that any transparency settings apply to commands a
+% whole. For instance, if a box contains two overlapping black
+% circles and you draw them normally with 50% transparency, then the
+% overlap will be darker than the rest. By comparison, if the circles
+% are part of a transparency group, the overlap will get the same
+% color as the rest.
+%
+%
+
+\def\pgftransparencygroup{%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgftransparencygroup@}{\pgftransparencygroup@[]}%
+}
+\def\pgftransparencygroup@[#1]{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/transparency group options/.cd,%
+ isolated=false,
+ knockout=false,
+ #1}%
+ \setbox\pgfutil@tempboxa=\hbox\bgroup%
+}
+\pgfkeys{
+ /pgf/transparency group options/.cd,
+ isolated/.is if=pgfsys@transparency@group@isolated,
+ knockout/.is if=pgfsys@transparency@group@knockout
+}
+
+\def\endpgftransparencygroup{%
+ \egroup%
+ % Now compute the correct position. This is a bit tricky...
+ \ifdim\pgf@picminx=16000pt%
+ % Nothing needs to be done
+ \else%
+ % Safety margin to avoid clipping:
+ \advance\pgf@picminx by-1cm%
+ \advance\pgf@picmaxx by1cm%
+ \advance\pgf@picminy by-1cm%
+ \advance\pgf@picmaxy by1cm%
+ % Ok, set the box size to current picture size.
+ \setbox\pgfutil@tempboxa=\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\pgf@picmaxy depth-\pgf@picminy%
+ \hskip-\pgf@picminx%
+ \box\pgfutil@tempboxa%
+ \hskip\pgf@picmaxx%
+ }%
+ \pgfsys@transparencygroupfrombox\pgfutil@tempboxa%
+ \wd\pgfutil@tempboxa=0pt%
+ \ht\pgfutil@tempboxa=0pt%
+ \dp\pgfutil@tempboxa=0pt%
+ \hskip\pgf@picminx\box\pgfutil@tempboxa\hskip-\pgf@picminx%
+ \fi%
+ \endgroup%
+}
+
+\let\startpgftransparencygroup=\pgftransparencygroup
+\let\stoppgftransparencygroup=\endpgftransparencygroup
+
+\endinput